WO2021103920A1 - Audio output device switching method and device - Google Patents

Audio output device switching method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021103920A1
WO2021103920A1 PCT/CN2020/124878 CN2020124878W WO2021103920A1 WO 2021103920 A1 WO2021103920 A1 WO 2021103920A1 CN 2020124878 W CN2020124878 W CN 2020124878W WO 2021103920 A1 WO2021103920 A1 WO 2021103920A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
audio
audio output
output device
electronic device
smart
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/124878
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
方振芳
汪碧海
宋丽成
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021103920A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021103920A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16Sound input; Sound output
    • G06F3/165Management of the audio stream, e.g. setting of volume, audio stream path
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/017Gesture based interaction, e.g. based on a set of recognized hand gestures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16Sound input; Sound output
    • GPHYSICS
    • G10MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10LSPEECH ANALYSIS OR SYNTHESIS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; SPEECH OR VOICE PROCESSING; SPEECH OR AUDIO CODING OR DECODING
    • G10L15/00Speech recognition
    • G10L15/22Procedures used during a speech recognition process, e.g. man-machine dialogue
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/725Cordless telephones

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a method and device for switching audio output devices.
  • AI artificial intelligence
  • smart TVs and smart large screens continue to emerge.
  • Users can project audio/video from terminals such as mobile phones or tablets to large-screen devices for playback, so that they can use the high-definition characteristics of large-screen devices, large screens or the high sound quality of their own speakers to share the terminal Contents such as video or music on the screen enhance the fun and user experience.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for switching audio output devices, which can control the audio during the screen projection process on the screen projection device to switch and play between the source device, the projection device or other devices, making audio playback more flexible , The user experience is better.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method for switching audio output devices suitable for multi-person projection mode, which can be applied to electronic devices, and the electronic devices are connected to at least one external audio device.
  • the method includes: the electronic device receives screen projection operations from a first source device and a second source device respectively.
  • the electronic device receives the first image data from the first source device and the second image data from the second source device respectively.
  • the first image data is data corresponding to the first interface of the first source device;
  • the second image data is data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device.
  • the electronic device displays the first interface and the second interface in the first projection area and the second projection area, respectively, according to the first image data and the second image data.
  • the output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the projection process is the first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the projection process is the second audio output equipment. If the electronic device determines that the first condition is met, the electronic device sets the first audio output device as the third audio output device.
  • the third audio output device is any one of the first source device, electronic device, or external audio device, and the third audio output device is different from the first audio output device. If the electronic device determines that the second condition is met, the electronic device sets the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  • the fourth audio output device is any one of a second source device, an electronic device, or an external audio device, and the fourth audio output device is different from the second audio output device.
  • the electronic device can uniformly control and coordinate the audio output devices corresponding to different sources, and freely switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared by different sources during the screen projection process, thereby making full use of External audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment can play audio shared by mobile phones, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve users Audio playback experience.
  • the electronic device determines that the first condition is satisfied, including: the electronic device detects a user's first instruction operation, and the first instruction operation is used to instruct to set the first audio output device as the third audio output device .
  • the electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device detects a second instruction operation of the user, and the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  • the electronic device can switch the output device of the first audio of the first source device and/or switch the output device of the second audio of the second source device according to the instruction of the user, so that the electronic device can The audio output device of the source device is controlled uniformly.
  • the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation are operations performed by the user through an input device or voice instruction operations;
  • the input device includes any one of a remote control, a touch screen, a mouse, or a keyboard.
  • the user can instruct the electronic device to switch the audio output device during the screen projection process through input devices such as a remote control, touch screen, mouse or keyboard, or instruct the electronic device to switch the audio output device during the screen projection process through voice.
  • the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation may be at least one of a user input operation, a user voice instruction operation, a preset gesture operation, a preset action operation or a preset expression operation, etc. .
  • the user can control the audio output devices of the first audio and the second audio in a variety of ways.
  • the method before the electronic device detects the first instruction operation or the second instruction operation, the method further includes: after the electronic device detects the user's operation on the preset control on the input device, displaying the control menu, The control menu includes audio switching controls. After the electronic device detects that the user selects the operation of the audio switching control, the audio switching menu is displayed.
  • the first instruction operation is an operation for the user to select a third audio output device for the first audio of the first source device based on the audio switching menu.
  • the second instruction operation is an operation in which the user selects the fourth audio output device for the second audio of the second source device based on the audio switching menu.
  • the electronic device may display the audio switching menu according to the user's instruction, so that the user can switch the output device of the first audio and/or the second audio based on the audio switching menu.
  • the first interface is the first game interface from the first source device
  • the second interface is the second game interface from the second source device
  • the third audio output device is at least one external The first speaker in the audio device
  • the fourth audio output device is the second speaker in at least one external audio device.
  • determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the electronic device can automatically switch the first audio output device of the first source device and/or switch the second audio output device of the second source device according to the switching rule, so that the electronic device can automatically check
  • the audio output device of each source device is controlled in a unified manner, which saves user operations and improves user experience.
  • the switching rule includes the correspondence between the first trigger condition and the target audio output device of the first source device; and the relationship between the second trigger condition and the target audio output device of the second source device.
  • the first trigger condition and the second trigger condition include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario.
  • the electronic device determines that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule, including: after detecting the first trigger condition, the electronic device determines that the target audio output device of the first source device is the third audio according to the switching rule Output device.
  • the electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule, including: after detecting the second trigger condition, the electronic device determines that the target audio output device of the second source device is the fourth audio according to the switching rule Output device.
  • the electronic device can switch the audio output device in the screen projection process according to the switching rule after detecting the trigger condition.
  • the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call event. After the electronic device detects the call event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the first Source device.
  • the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call end event. After the electronic device detects the call end event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can automatically switch to the source to play the audio during the call according to the switching rules after detecting the call event at the source end; after the call is over, it can automatically switch to the electronic device to play the screencasting process according to the switching rules.
  • the electronic device can automatically switch to the source to play the audio during the call according to the switching rules after detecting the call event at the source end; after the call is over, it can automatically switch to the electronic device to play the screencasting process according to the switching rules.
  • the method further includes: the electronic device detects a user's operation on the preset control on the input device.
  • the electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu.
  • the electronic device generates a new switching rule according to the user's operation on the rule setting menu.
  • the user can set the switching rule through the rule setting menu.
  • control menu further includes a switching rule list, and the switching rule list includes at least one rule control.
  • the method further includes: the electronic device detects that the user selects an operation of the rule control of the first switching rule.
  • the electronic device displays a rule view menu corresponding to the first switching rule, and the rule view menu includes rule content of the first switching rule, enable/stop enable control, and return control.
  • the user can view the content of the switching rule through the rule view menu.
  • the electronic device may be a large-screen device such as a smart TV, a smart screen, or a projector.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which is connected to at least one external audio device.
  • the electronic device includes: a screen for displaying an interface; an audio player for playing audio; one or more processors; and a memory with codes stored in the memory.
  • the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is caused to perform the following steps: receiving screen projection operations from the first source device and the second source device respectively.
  • the first image data from the first source device and the second image data from the second source device are respectively received, the first image data is data corresponding to the first interface of the first source device; the second image data is the first Data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device.
  • the first interface and the second interface are displayed in the first projection area and the second projection area, respectively.
  • the output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the projection process is the first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the projection process is the second audio output equipment. If it is determined that the first condition is met, the first audio output device is set as the third audio output device; the third audio output device is any one of the first source device, the electronic device, or the external audio device, and the third The audio output device is different from the first audio output device.
  • the second audio output device is set as the fourth audio output device; the fourth audio output device is any one of the second source device, the electronic device, or the external audio device, and the fourth audio output device The audio output device is different from the second audio output device.
  • determining that the first condition is satisfied includes: detecting a first instruction operation of the user, and the first instruction operation is used to instruct to set the first audio output device as the third audio output device.
  • Determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: detecting a second instruction operation of the user, where the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  • the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation are operations performed by the user through an input device or voice instruction operations;
  • the input device includes any one of a remote control, a touch screen, a mouse, or a keyboard.
  • the electronic device when the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following steps: before detecting the first instruction operation or the second instruction operation, it is detected that the user is on the input device After the operation of the preset controls, the control menu is displayed, and the control menu includes audio switching controls. After detecting the user's selection of the audio switching control, the audio switching menu is displayed.
  • the first instruction operation is an operation for the user to select a third audio output device for the first audio of the first source device based on the audio switching menu.
  • the second instruction operation is an operation in which the user selects the fourth audio output device for the second audio of the second source device based on the audio switching menu.
  • the first interface is the first game interface from the first source device
  • the second interface is the second game interface from the second source device
  • the third audio output device is at least one external The first speaker in the audio device
  • the fourth audio output device is the second speaker in at least one external audio device.
  • determining that the first condition is satisfied includes: determining that the first condition is satisfied, including: determining that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • Determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: determining that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the switching rule includes the correspondence between the first trigger condition and the target audio output device of the first source device; and the relationship between the second trigger condition and the target audio output device of the second source device.
  • the first trigger condition and the second trigger condition include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario.
  • Determining the output device of the first audio as the third audio output device according to the switching rule includes: after detecting the first trigger condition, determining the target audio output device of the first source device as the third audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • Determining the output device of the second audio as the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule includes: after detecting the second trigger condition, determining the target audio output device of the second source device as the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call event. After the electronic device detects the call event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the first Source device.
  • the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call end event. After the electronic device detects the call end event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the electronic device.
  • the electronic device when the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following steps: detecting the user's operation on the preset control on the input device.
  • the control menu is displayed, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu. According to the user's operation on the rule setting menu, a new switching rule is generated.
  • control menu also includes a switching rule list, and the switching rule list includes at least one rule control; when the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following steps: detecting that the user selects The operation of the rule control of the first switching rule.
  • the rule view menu corresponding to the first switching rule is displayed.
  • the rule view menu includes the rule content of the first switching rule, enable/stop enable control, and return control.
  • the electronic device may be a large-screen device such as a smart TV, a smart screen, or a projector.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching audio output devices suitable for single-person projection mode, which is applied to an electronic device, and the electronic device is connected to at least one external audio device.
  • the method includes: the electronic device receives from a source Screen projection operation of the end device.
  • the electronic device receives image data from the source device, and the image data is data corresponding to the interface of the source device.
  • the electronic device displays the interface according to the image data.
  • the audio generated by the source device during the screen projection process is played through the first audio output device.
  • the audio output device is set as the second audio output device; the second audio output device is any one of the source device, the electronic device or the external audio device, and the second audio output device is connected to the second audio output device.
  • One audio output device is different.
  • the electronic device can control and coordinate the audio output device of the source end, freely switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared by the source end during the screen projection process, so as to make full use of the different sound quality in the environment , Different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power consumption and other characteristics of external audio devices to play the audio shared by the mobile phone, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve the user's audio playback experience.
  • determining that the electronic device satisfies the condition includes: the electronic device detects a user's instruction operation, and the instruction operation is used to instruct to set the audio output device as the second audio output device.
  • the instruction operation is an operation through an input device or a voice instruction operation
  • the input device includes any one of a remote control, a touch screen, a mouse, or a keyboard.
  • the electronic device detecting the user's instruction operation includes: the electronic device detecting the user's operation of selecting the second audio output device from the audio switching menu.
  • the method further includes: the electronic device detects the user's operation on the preset control on the input device.
  • the electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes audio switching controls.
  • the electronic device detects that the user selects the operation of the audio switching control.
  • the electronic device displays an audio switching menu, and the audio switching menu includes the source device, the electronic device, and the external audio device.
  • the electronic device determines that the condition is satisfied, including: the electronic device determines that the audio output device is the second audio output device according to the switching rule, and the switching rule includes the trigger condition and the target audio output device of the source device The corresponding relationship; the trigger condition includes at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario.
  • the trigger event includes a call event, and the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the call event is the source device.
  • the trigger event includes a call end event, and the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the call end event is an electronic device.
  • the method further includes: the electronic device detects a user's operation on the preset control on the input device.
  • the electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu.
  • the electronic device generates a new switching rule based on the user's operation on the rule setting menu.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a display processing device, which is included in an electronic device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the behavior of the electronic device in any of the above aspects and possible design methods.
  • This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes at least one module or unit corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. For example, processing module/unit, receiving module/unit, display module/unit, switching module/unit, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors; and a memory, in which code is stored.
  • the electronic device is caused to execute the method for switching the audio output device executed by the electronic device in any one of the possible designs in the foregoing aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the switching audio output device in any one of the above-mentioned possible designs.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method for switching audio output devices executed by the electronic device in any one of the above-mentioned possible designs.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device.
  • the chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by wires; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor.
  • the signals include the memory Stored computer instructions; when the processor executes the computer instructions, it causes the electronic device to execute the method for switching audio output devices in any one of the possible designs of the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of opening a screen projection application provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a screen projection QR code provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of opening another screen projection application provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 4B is a schematic diagram of a code scanning interface provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 4C is a schematic diagram of an operation for opening a shortcut panel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4D is a schematic diagram of an operation for opening a code scanning interface provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5A are schematic diagrams of a set of screen projection interfaces provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5B are schematic diagrams of another set of screen projection interfaces provided by embodiments of this application.
  • FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of another set of screen projection interfaces provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an audio switching menu provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of opening an audio switching menu provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 are schematic diagrams of switching audio output devices provided by embodiments of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for switching audio output devices according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 are schematic diagrams of the interface of another group of smart TVs provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • (A)-(e) in FIG. 11 are the division methods of a group of projection areas provided by the embodiments of this application;
  • FIG. 12A is a schematic diagram of an interface of a smart TV during a screen projection process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 12B is a schematic diagram of an interface of a smart TV during another screen projection process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 12C is a schematic diagram of an interface after screen projection provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another screen projection QR code provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces or scenes in the screen projection process provided by the embodiments of this application;
  • FIG. 15 are schematic diagrams of the interface of another group of smart TVs provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 16 are schematic diagrams of the interface of another group of smart TVs provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a method for switching audio output devices according to an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the present embodiment, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” means two or more.
  • the projection screen technology can enable the audio/video content on mobile phones and other terminals to be played on large-screen devices such as smart TVs, so that the large screen of large-screen devices or the high sound quality characteristics of the large-screen device’s own speakers can be used to share from the terminal Content such as video and audio to improve user experience.
  • the audio content shared by the terminal may involve user privacy
  • the audio content shared by the terminal may be played through the large-screen device, which may easily leak the user’s privacy, and the audio content shared by the terminal may be played through the large-screen device. Will disturb others.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching audio output devices, which can be applied to the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1.
  • the communication system 10 includes a source device 01 and a sink device 02.
  • the communication system 10 may further include one or more external audio devices 03 connected to the receiving end device 01.
  • the external audio device 03 can be used to play audio.
  • a wireless connection can be established between the source device and the sink device.
  • the source device and the sink device can access the same wireless network to establish a wireless connection.
  • the same wireless network may be based on wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) technology, Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT) technology, and global navigation satellite system).
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared
  • general 2.4G/5G frequency band wireless communication A communication network formed by technology, etc.
  • the source device and the sink device can access the same Wi-Fi network, and the same Wi-Fi network can be the Wi-Fi network generated by the wireless router 04 shown in Figure 1, or It can be a Wi-Fi hotspot generated by the source device itself.
  • the source device and the sink device can be connected through a P2P wireless direct connection.
  • a wireless connection can be established between the source device and the sink device through Wi-Fi P2P direct connection or Bluetooth P2P direct connection.
  • the above-mentioned receiving end device and the external audio device can be connected through various wired or wireless methods, for example, through USB, Bluetooth, or Wi-Fi.
  • the aforementioned source device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra mobile personal computer (ultra -Mobile personal computer (UMPC), netbook or personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other terminal devices.
  • the source device may have a screen to display image information such as an interface.
  • the receiving end device includes a screen, such as a smart TV, a smart screen, a smart TV, or a computer.
  • the receiving end device may be a device such as a projector capable of displaying images.
  • the external audio device is a device with audio playback function connected to the receiving end device.
  • the external audio device can be smart home devices such as smart speakers, smart refrigerators, or smart lights, robots (such as sweeping robots), or various types of devices such as mobile phones, tablets, or wearable devices that are different from the source device.
  • the source device can share its content to the sink device for display through a wireless connection with the sink device.
  • the source device and the sink device can share content based on the AirPlay protocol or the digital living network alliance (digital living network alliance, DLNA) protocol.
  • DLNA digital living network alliance
  • the content shared by the source device may include images, sounds, or texts of the source device.
  • the source device can share content such as video, audio, pictures (such as photos), PPT with audio, or documents to the sink device for display.
  • the sink device can display the image in the shared content of the source device on the screen, and control the audio in the shared content to switch between the sink device, the source device or an external audio device.
  • the receiving end device may be a large-screen device with a larger screen, which can make the receiving end device have a better display effect on the image screen in the shared content.
  • the function of the source device to share content to the sink device for display can be called a sharing function, or it can be called a screen projection function, a synchronization function, or a moving function.
  • this function is referred to as a screen projection function as an example for description.
  • the receiving end device can also be called a screen projection device.
  • the receiving end device is referred to as a screen projection device as an example for description.
  • the source end device may also be referred to as the source end for short.
  • the interface generated subsequently by the source device can be shared on the screen projection device for display.
  • the screen projection device can be controlled to switch and play between the screen projection device, the source device or an external audio device.
  • the projection device can control the audio to be played through any of the projection device, the source device, or the external audio device.
  • the projection device can freely switch the output device of the audio shared by the source device.
  • the projection device can switch to the source device or an external audio device closer to the user at any time. Play, which can protect the privacy of users and avoid causing interference to others.
  • the projection device can make full use of external audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment to play the audio shared by the source device, thereby improving
  • the selectivity of audio output devices improves the flexibility of audio output and improves the user's audio playback experience.
  • the screen projection device may be an electronic device with a relatively fixed position. In this way, the screen projection device may be connected to more external audio devices, which can make the audio output device more selective during the screen projection process, and the audio output is more flexible.
  • the source device can project its own audio/video content on the screen projection device.
  • the source device can control whether the audio during the screen projection process is played at the sink or locally on the source device. Since this solution is controlled on the source device side, it can only control the audio during the projection process to be played on the source device or the projection device, and the flexibility of audio output is poor.
  • the screen of the projection device may include multiple areas to display content shared by different source devices in different areas.
  • each source device needs to be individually controlled at the local end to choose whether to play audio at the local source or the projection device. If multiple terminals choose to play audio on the projection device, the projection device will mix and play the multiple audio signals corresponding to multiple source devices. It is difficult for the user to distinguish different audio signals from different source devices. The experience is poor. In order to prevent the projection device from performing audio mixing processing, the projection device can only play one audio signal. However, multiple source devices do not know each other’s screen projections, so it is difficult to coordinate, which makes it difficult to achieve the purpose of only one audio signal being played on the receiving end and the other audio signals being played on the source device. . For example, users of multiple source devices need to negotiate with each other to determine a source device that uses a projection device to play audio signals, and control other source devices to play audio locally.
  • the screen projection device can be uniformly controlled and coordinated to set corresponding audio output devices for the audio shared by different source devices. Therefore, each audio signal corresponding to each source device can have a corresponding audio output device. Different audio signals can be played through different audio output devices in different locations, and different audio signals can be mixed without the projection device, and the user's hearing experience is better.
  • the projection device is the switching control center of the audio output device during the projection process, and the forwarding control center of the audio stream.
  • the projection device can forward the audio stream to an external audio device to play audio through the external audio device; the projection device can also instruct the source device to stop sending the audio stream to the projection device, thereby playing audio locally on the source device.
  • the user when the user shares the content of the source device on the projection device for display, the user usually wants to use the large screen of the projection device to enjoy the shared content. At this time, the user may no longer use the mobile phone, and the mobile phone can also enter the lock screen or rest screen state. In the projection scene, the user's main focus and operation are transferred to the projection device. Therefore, it is more reasonable to use the screen projection device as the switching control center of the audio output device during the screen projection process, which is more suitable for the screen projection scene, and is more in line with the user's usage habits in the screen projection scene, and the user experience is better.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart TV 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a power management module 140, an antenna, and a wireless communication module 160 , Audio module 170, speaker 170A, microphone 170C, speaker interface 170B, sensor module 180, buttons 190, indicator 191, camera 193, display 192 and so on.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the smart TV 100.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • USB interface etc.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the smart TV 100.
  • the smart TV 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the above-mentioned embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the power management module 140 is used to connect to a power source.
  • the charging management module 140 may also be connected to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 receives power input, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication function of the smart TV 100 can be realized by an antenna, a wireless communication module 160, and the like.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless communication solutions including wireless local area network (such as Wi-Fi), Bluetooth, GNSS, FM, NFC, IR, etc., which are applied to the smart TV 100.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the antenna of the smart TV 100 and the wireless communication module 160 are coupled, so that the smart TV 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the smart TV 100 may establish a wireless connection with the source device through the wireless communication module 160.
  • the smart TV 100 can access the same wireless network as the source device through the wireless communication module 160; or, the smart TV 100 can be directly connected to the source device through the wireless communication module 100 in a P2P wireless direct connection. Therefore, the source device can share the content to the smart TV 100 for display through the wireless connection.
  • the smart TV 100 can also establish a wireless connection with an external audio device through the wireless communication module 160, so that the smart TV 100 can play the audio shared by the source device through the external audio device during the screen projection process.
  • the smart TV 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 192, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display screen 192 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 192 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • the display screen 192 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • emitting diode AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the display screen 192 can be used to display images in the content shared by the source device. For example, after the screen projection function is turned on, the display screen 192 can be used to synchronously display the interface of the source device.
  • the smart TV 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display 192, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the smart TV 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the smart TV 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the smart TV 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the smart TV 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • applications such as intelligent cognition of the smart TV 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the smart TV 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the smart TV 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
  • the processor 110 may execute instructions stored in the internal memory 121, and the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the processor 110 can implement functions such as starting/stopping the screen projection by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121, and controlling the switching of the audio output device during the projection process.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the smart TV 100.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the smart TV 100 can implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a microphone 170C, a speaker interface 170B, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker”
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the speaker interface 170B is used to connect wired speakers.
  • the speaker interface 170B may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA
  • the audio module 170 can play the audio shared by the source device according to the control of the processor 110.
  • the speaker interface 170B can be used for connecting the smart TV 100 to an external audio device such as a speaker.
  • the smart TV 100 can also be connected to other external audio devices through an ISB interface or the like.
  • the sensor module 180 may include sensors such as a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a touch sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, and an ambient light sensor.
  • the touch sensor is also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor may be provided on the display screen 192, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor and the display screen 192, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor may transfer the detected touch operation to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 192.
  • the touch sensor may also be disposed on the surface of the smart TV 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 192.
  • the touch screen can receive the user's touch input, generate key signal input related to the user settings and function control of the smart TV 100, and send corresponding control signals to the smart TV 100 to control the smart TV 100 to switch Audio output devices, configuration switching rules and other related functions.
  • the button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the smart TV 100 can receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the smart TV 100.
  • the indicator 191 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate that the smart TV 100 is in a power-on state, a standby state, or a power-off state.
  • the indicator light when the indicator light is off, it can indicate that the smart TV 100 is in the off state; the indicator light is green or blue, which can indicate that the smart TV 100 is in the standby state; the indicator light is red, which can indicate that the smart TV 100 is in the standby state.
  • the smart TV 100 is equipped with a remote control, which can be used as an input device.
  • the remote control is used to control the smart TV 100.
  • the remote control may include multiple buttons, such as a power button, a volume button, and other multiple selection buttons.
  • the buttons on the remote control can be mechanical buttons or touch buttons.
  • the remote controller may send a control signal to the smart TV 100 through an infrared signal or the like.
  • the remote control may also include a battery storage cavity for installing batteries to supply power to the remote control.
  • the smart TV 100 may also be connected with input devices such as a mouse or a keyboard.
  • the input device can receive input signals, generate key signal inputs related to the user settings and function control of the smart TV 100, and send corresponding control signals to the smart TV 100 to control the smart TV 100 to switch audio output devices, configure switching rules, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the smart TV 100. It may have more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 2, may combine two or more components, or may have a different component configuration.
  • the television may also include components such as speakers.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 2 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the smart TV 100 may establish a wireless connection with the source device based on the wireless communication module 160, and may also establish a connection with an external audio device based on the wireless communication module 160 or the speaker interface 170B, so as to use the external audio device source The audio shared by the end device.
  • the smart TV 100 can display the content shared by the source device based on the wireless connection with the source device.
  • the display screen 192 can display images included in the content shared by the source device.
  • the processor 110 can control the switching of the audio output device according to the user's instructions or switching rules, so as to play the audio shared by the source device through the smart TV 100, the source device or the connected external audio device, and improve the audio playback Flexibility.
  • the method for switching audio output devices provided by the embodiments of the present application will be explained by taking the source device as a mobile phone, the projection device as a smart TV, the smart TV is connected with an external audio device, and the external audio device includes devices such as smart speakers.
  • screen projection modes such as a single-person screen-casting mode (or called one-shot-one mode), or a multi-person screen-casting mode (or called a multi-cast and one mode).
  • a single-person screen-casting mode or called one-shot-one mode
  • a multi-person screen-casting mode or called a multi-cast and one mode
  • a source device can share content to the projection device for display. Take the mobile phone 1 to project the shared content to the smart TV for display as an example for description.
  • Mobile phone 1 cast screen to smart TV. There are many ways to project the screen of the mobile phone 1 to the smart TV, which will be explained by way of examples below.
  • the mobile phone 1 can start the screen projection by scanning the code.
  • the smart TV can display the screen projection QR code, the mobile phone 1 scans the screen projection QR code displayed on the smart TV to initiate the screen projection, and the smart TV can accept the screen projection initiated by the mobile phone 1.
  • a smart TV may include screen projection APP1.
  • the smart TV opens the screen projection APP1 according to the user's instruction, it can display the screen projection QR code on the screen.
  • the user can instruct the user to open the projection screen APP1 through various methods such as remote control, voice, keys, or through the touch screen of the TV.
  • the icon of the screen projection APP1 may be the icon 301 shown in FIG. 3A
  • the user can instruct to open the screen projection APP1 through the remote control 302 shown in FIG. 3A
  • the smart TV can display the second screen projection shown in FIG. 3B.
  • Dimension code is the icon of the screen projection APP1
  • a screen projection control is displayed on the interface of a smart TV, and the smart TV displays a screen projection QR code after detecting that the user clicks the screen projection control through the remote control.
  • the projection QR code is preset on the outer surface of the smart TV, or preset on the manual of the smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 may also include the screen projection APP2.
  • the mobile phone 1 After the mobile phone 1 opens the screen projection APP2 according to the user's instruction, it can display a code scanning interface to scan the screen projection QR code of the smart TV.
  • the user can instruct the user to open the screen projection APP2 through various methods such as the touch screen of the mobile phone, voice or keys.
  • the icon of the screen projection APP2 may be the icon 401 shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the screen projection APP2 is opened and displays the screen projection QR code as shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the mobile phone 1 After the mobile phone 1 detects the user's sliding operation from the top of the screen, it displays a shortcut panel as shown in FIG. 4D, and the shortcut panel includes a projection control 402. After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has clicked on the screen projection control 402, it displays the code scanning interface as shown in FIG. 4B to scan the screen projection QR code of the smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 can open the code scanning interface of an APP such as WeChat to scan the QR code of the smart TV.
  • an APP such as WeChat
  • the mobile phone 1 After the mobile phone 1 scans the screen projection QR code displayed on the smart TV, it can establish a wireless connection with the smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV can be connected to the same Wi-Fi network, or the smart TV can be connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot opened by the mobile phone 1, or the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV can be directly connected via Wi-Fi P2P.
  • the wireless connection After the wireless connection is established, the mobile phone 1 starts to project to the smart TV based on the wireless connection, so as to share the content to the smart TV for display.
  • the subsequent display interface of the mobile phone 1 can be simultaneously displayed on the smart TV through the screen projection.
  • a wireless connection is established between the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 After the mobile phone 1 detects the user's sliding operation from the top of the screen, it displays a shortcut panel, and the shortcut panel includes another screen projection control.
  • the mobile phone 1 After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has clicked another screen projection control, it scans for screen projection devices and displays a list of screen projection devices.
  • the mobile phone 1 After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user selects the smart TV from the list of screen-capable devices, it starts to cast to the smart TV based on the wireless connection with the smart TV, and the subsequent display interface of the mobile phone 1 is displayed on the smart TV synchronously through the screen projection. on.
  • the interface displayed by the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV can be seen in (a)-(b) in FIG. 5A.
  • the mobile phone 1 After the screen projection is turned on, the mobile phone 1 displays a different interface as the user uses it.
  • the mobile phone 1 can send image data corresponding to the interface to the smart TV based on the wireless connection with the smart TV, and the smart TV synchronously displays the interface of the mobile phone 1 according to the image data received from the mobile phone 1.
  • the mobile phone 1 can be touched and projected.
  • the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV are provided with a projection detection component group.
  • the smart TV and the mobile phone 1 are respectively preset with detection devices such as an NFC scanner and an NFC tag.
  • the smart TV and the mobile phone 1 are respectively preset with detection components such as Hall devices or magnetic elements. After the mobile phone 1 touches a specific area of the smart TV, the screen can be quickly projected to the smart TV. Wherein, the specific area may be an area covered by the scanning range of the NFC scanner.
  • the mobile phone 1 can quickly project the screen to the smart TV after touching the remote control of the smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 can quickly screen to the smart TV after touching the detection label.
  • the detection label can be affixed to the remote control, on the table, on the coffee table or other convenient location.
  • the “synchronization” in the interface of the mobile phone 1 is displayed on the smart TV synchronously, which is used to indicate that the interface content displayed by the smart TV is consistent with the interface content after the screen projection of the mobile phone 1 is turned on, but does not mean that the smart TV and the mobile phone 1 The interface of mobile phone 1 is displayed at the same time.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has clicked the home button (or Home button), as shown in (a) in Figure 5B, the mobile phone 1 displays the desktop; as in Figure 5B ( As shown in b), the smart TV displays the desktop of the mobile phone 1 synchronously.
  • the smart TV displays the video screen; as shown in Figure 5C (b), the smart TV displays synchronously Video screen. It is understandable that the smart TV can also display content such as game screens, photos, PPT documents or text documents of the mobile phone 1 through screen projection, which will not be listed here.
  • the audio data can be sent to the smart TV.
  • the smart TV uses its own audio player (such as its own speakers or its own integrated speakers, etc.) to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 during the screen projection process, that is, to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1.
  • the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the audio output device during the screen projection process according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protecting privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors.
  • the smart TV can control the use of different audio output devices to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 during the screen projection process according to the user's instruction.
  • the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the audio output device through any input device of the smart TV's remote control, touch screen, or mouse and keyboard connected to the smart TV.
  • terminal devices such as mobile phones can also be used as remote controls for smart TVs.
  • the user can press the preset button 1 on the remote control.
  • the remote controller can send the control signal corresponding to the preset button 1 to the smart TV through infrared signals or the like.
  • the smart TV detects the control signal sent by the remote control, it can display the audio switching menu.
  • the audio switching menu includes an audio output device list, which is used by the user to indicate the target audio output device for the audio shared by the mobile phone 1.
  • the audio switching menu may be the menu 601 shown in FIG. 6.
  • the user can press the Menu button 701 on the remote control.
  • the remote controller can send the control signal corresponding to the Menu button 701 to the smart TV through infrared signals or the like.
  • the smart TV detects the control signal sent by the remote control, it can pop up the control menu 702 shown in (b) in FIG. 7, and the control menu 702 includes an audio switching control 703.
  • the smart TV detects that the user has clicked the audio switching control 703 through the remote control, it can display the audio switching menu 601 shown in FIG. 6.
  • the screen of the smart TV is a touch screen, and the smart TV displays an audio switching menu after detecting that the user has clicked a preset control on the touch screen.
  • the smart TV displays the audio switching menu after detecting the preset voice instruction.
  • the camera of the smart TV After the camera of the smart TV detects the user's preset gesture, preset expression, or preset action, it displays the audio switching menu.
  • the smart TV can display the audio switching menu through a variety of triggering methods.
  • the smart TV automatically pops up the audio switching menu after receiving the audio data from the mobile phone 1.
  • the device list in the audio switching menu may include the smart TV and the source terminal, and may also include the external audio device of the smart TV.
  • the device list includes the current audio output device used to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 (for example, the smart TV in the bold box shown in FIG. 6), and other audio output devices that can be switched by the user.
  • the target audio output device is instructed to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1.
  • the current audio output device is a smart TV. See (a)-(b) in Figure 8.
  • the user can use the arrow keys 801 and the OK key 802 in the remote control. Control the smart TV to select "source" in the audio switching menu, that is, the target audio output device indicated by the user is mobile phone 1, then the smart TV instructs mobile phone 1 to play the audio shared by mobile phone 1 during the screen casting process.
  • the user may want to use the mobile phone 1 to play audio at close range or listen to the audio content through the earphone connected to the mobile phone 1, and thus can instruct
  • the target audio output device is mobile phone 1.
  • the smart TV can send a control command to the mobile phone 1 to instruct the mobile phone 1 to stop sending audio data to the smart TV, and directly play audio on the mobile phone 1.
  • the smart TV may send a control command 1 to the mobile phone 1 based on a transmission protocol such as TCP or UDP, and the content of the control command 1 may be "play audio at the source”.
  • the mobile phone 1 receives and parses the control command 1, and then stops sending audio data to the smart TV, and directly plays the audio locally on the mobile phone 1.
  • the smart TV can instruct the external audio device to play the mobile phone 1’s share Audio.
  • the external audio device of the smart TV may include devices such as smart speakers, sweeping robots, mobile phones other than mobile phone 1, wearable devices, or tablet computers.
  • Different external audio devices have different characteristics such as sound quality, sound effects, location, or power consumption, and the user can instruct to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 through external audio devices with different characteristics.
  • the sound quality of external audio equipment such as external speakers may be better, the sound effect modes may be more, and the audio playback effect may be better.
  • the user may want to use a better external speaker to play audio, and the user can instruct the target audio output device to be an external speaker.
  • the target audio output device can be selected as the external speaker.
  • the smart TV can forward audio data to an external speaker.
  • the external speaker starts to play audio after receiving the audio data.
  • the user may want to use a wearable device closer to the user to play audio, and the user can instruct the target audio output
  • the device is a wearable device.
  • the smart TV can forward audio data to the wearable device.
  • the wearable device starts to play audio after receiving the audio data.
  • the smart TV sends the control command 2 to the mobile phone 1.
  • the mobile phone 1 stops playing audio and sends audio data to the smart TV.
  • the smart TV plays audio according to the audio data. For example, in a scenario where the user continues to watch a movie after the call ends, the user may want to continue to use the smart TV to play the audio during the screen casting process, and thus may indicate that the target audio output device is a smart TV.
  • the current audio output device is the mobile phone 1
  • the current power of the mobile phone 1 is insufficient, and the power of the external audio device such as the wearable device or the cleaning robot is relatively sufficient
  • the user can instruct the wearable device or the cleaning robot as the target audio output device.
  • the smart TV sends a control command 2 to the mobile phone 1 according to the user's instruction. After receiving the control command 2, the mobile phone 1 stops playing audio and sends audio data to the smart TV. Smart TVs send audio data to external audio devices such as wearable devices or sweeping robots. The external audio device starts to play audio after receiving the audio data.
  • the smart TV stops sending audio data to the external audio device, and the smart TV plays audio.
  • the smart TV stops sending audio data to the external audio device and sends a control command 1 to the mobile phone 1. After receiving the control command 1, the mobile phone 1 stops sending audio data to the smart TV and plays audio.
  • the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the output device of the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 at any time according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protection of privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors.
  • Smart TVs can switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared during the screen projection process in real time according to the user's instructions, so that they can make full use of different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power consumption in the environment.
  • the audio device is used to play the audio shared by the source, which can increase the selectivity of the audio output device, increase the flexibility of the audio output, and improve the user's audio playback experience.
  • a smart TV is an electronic device with a relatively fixed location.
  • the smart TV can be connected to more external audio devices, which can make the audio output device more selective and the audio output more flexible during the screen projection process.
  • the smart TV when the smart TV is playing the audio shared by the mobile phone 1, if the user's privacy is involved or other people may be disturbed, the smart TV can switch to the mobile phone 1 or an external audio closer to the user at any time according to the user's instructions
  • the device can play, so as to protect the privacy of the user and avoid causing interference to others.
  • the flowchart of the method for switching audio output devices can be seen in FIG. 9.
  • the method may include: 901, the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV start to cast screens. 902.
  • the mobile phone 1 may send the video stream in the screen projection process to the smart TV.
  • the video stream is an image data stream corresponding to the interface of the mobile phone 1.
  • the smart TV displays the interface of the mobile phone 1 according to the received video stream. 904.
  • the mobile phone 1 may send the audio stream during the screen projection process to the smart TV. 905.
  • the smart TV plays audio according to the received audio stream. 906.
  • the smart TV detects the operation of the user indicating that the target audio output device is the mobile phone 1, the smart TV sends a control command 1 to the mobile phone 1. 907.
  • the mobile phone 1 stops sending audio streams to the smart TV according to the received control command 1. 908.
  • Mobile phone 1 plays audio locally.
  • the method further includes: 908. If the smart TV detects an operation that the user indicates that the target audio output device is an external audio device, the smart TV forwards the audio stream to the external audio device. 909. The external audio device starts to play audio after receiving the audio stream.
  • the smart TV can automatically display the audio switching menu after the screen projection is turned on, so that the user can preset the target audio output device through the audio switching menu. After the smart TV subsequently receives the audio data from the mobile phone 1, it can control to play audio using a target audio output device preset by the user. If the target audio output device is a smart TV or an external audio device, after mobile phone 1 generates audio, mobile phone 1 sends audio data to the smart TV; if the target audio output device is mobile phone 1, the smart TV informs mobile phone 1 and generates audio on mobile phone 1. After the audio, the mobile phone 1 does not send audio data to the smart TV, and the mobile phone 1 plays the audio on the local end.
  • the smart TV automatically displays the audio switching menu after starting the projection screen and receiving the audio data sent by the mobile phone 1, so that the user can set the target audio output device through the audio switching menu.
  • Smart TV control uses the target audio output device instructed by the user to play audio.
  • the smart TV uses the target audio output device instructed by the user during the last screen projection to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 after starting the screen projection.
  • the smart TV can set or switch the audio output device according to the user's voice command. For example, if the current audio output device is a smart TV, the user can say the voice command "switch to external speaker to play sound" to the smart TV, and then the smart TV switches to play audio through the external speaker according to the user's voice command.
  • different preset gestures, preset expressions, or preset actions have corresponding relationships with different audio output devices.
  • the smart TV can detect the user's preset gestures, preset expressions, or preset actions through the camera, and play audio through the target audio output device corresponding to the preset gestures, preset expressions, or preset actions.
  • the smart TV detects the user's motion of waving the remote control toward the first speaker through the camera, it sets the target audio output device as the first speaker.
  • the current audio output device is a smart TV.
  • the target audio output device is set to the mobile phone 1.
  • the smart TV can automatically switch the target audio output device according to the switching rule, thereby automatically controlling the use of different output devices to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1.
  • the switching rule includes the corresponding relationship between the trigger condition and the target audio output device.
  • the trigger condition may include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scene.
  • the smart TV can automatically control the switching of the target audio output device according to the switching rule, thereby reducing the user's operation, freeing the user's hands, and improving the user's experience.
  • the switching rule may be preset in the smart TV at the factory, or set by the user, or may be received by the smart TV from the mobile phone 1 or other devices.
  • the switching rule enabled by the smart TV is only valid for this screen projection process, and the smart TV automatically stops enabling the switching rule after this screen projection is completed. After the smart TV turns on the screen projection again, the user needs to re-enable the switching rule, so as to automatically switch the target audio output device corresponding to the screen projection according to the switching rule enabled this time.
  • the enabled switching rule will continue to be effective during multiple screen projections.
  • the smart TV continues to automatically switch the target audio output device corresponding to the screen projection according to the switching rule that has not stopped being activated.
  • the target audio output device switching control can be automatically performed in each subsequent screen projection process, which can save the user's startup control operation, simplify the control process, and improve the user experience.
  • the smart TV After the smart TV is turned on, if there are no switching rules or no enabled switching rules, in some technical solutions, the smart TV uses the smart TV to play audio by default, and subsequently after detecting the user settings or enabling the switching rules, Then switch the target audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the target audio output device After the smart TV is turned on for screen projection, if there is an enabled switching rule, the target audio output device will be automatically switched using the switching rule. If the enabled switching rule does not apply to the current scenario, the user can set a new switching rule or switch to enable another switching rule.
  • the user can instruct the smart TV to display the rule setting menu or rule list through the remote control, touch screen of the smart TV, or input devices such as a mouse or keyboard connected to the smart TV.
  • the rule setting menu can be used for the user to set the switching rule.
  • the rule list includes the controls of the existing switching rule, and can be used for the user to enable, stop enabling or view the existing switching rule.
  • the smart device may display the control menu in the manner described in the above embodiment.
  • the control menu 1001 includes a rule setting control 1002.
  • the smart TV detects that the user selects the rule setting control 1002, it can display the rule setting menu so that the user can set the switching rule through the rule setting menu 1003.
  • the switching rule may specify switching to different target audio output devices according to factors such as trigger time, trigger event, or trigger scene.
  • the user’s mobile phone 1 is screened onto the smart TV at home, and the family’s lunch break is between 12:00 and 13:00.
  • the target audio output device specified in the switching rules can be switched from smart TV to mobile phone 1 at 12:00 and back to smart TV at 13:00.
  • the user's mobile phone 1 casts a screen to the smart TV at home, and the broadcast time of news broadcast starts at 19:00 in the evening, and the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV at 19:00.
  • the switching rule may be associated with the alarm clock application of the mobile phone 1, and the target audio output device is switched with the time point set by the alarm clock application as the trigger time.
  • the alarm clock application sets 08:30-09:00 in the morning as the screen-casting meeting, and the target audio output device specified in the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV at 08:30 in the morning , And switch to mobile phone 1 at 09:00 in the morning.
  • the alarm clock application sets 19:30-20:00 as the writing time, and the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to mobile phone 1 at 19:30.
  • the user's mobile phone 1 casts a screen to the smart TV at home, the alarm clock application sets 20:00-20:30 as home entertainment time, and the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV at 20:00.
  • the trigger event can be detected by the smart TV, or it can be notified to the smart TV after being recognized by the mobile phone 1.
  • a smart TV detects a trigger event such as an incoming call, a video call, or a voice message (such as WeChat voice message)
  • the voice to be played may involve user privacy
  • the voice to be played may involve user privacy. Therefore, the switching rule is based on the target specified by the trigger event
  • the audio output device can be switched to the mobile phone 1, so that audio can be played through the mobile phone 1 in the user's hand or the earphone connected via the mobile phone 1 (for example, a wired earphone or a Bluetooth earphone, etc.).
  • the mobile phone 1 detects a trigger event such as an incoming call, a video call or a voice message, it can notify the smart TV; after receiving the notification from the mobile phone 1, the smart TV switches the target audio output device to the mobile phone 1 according to the switching rule.
  • a trigger event such as an incoming call, a video call or a voice message
  • the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to a wearable device according to the trigger event.
  • the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV according to the trigger event, so that the smart TV can play subsequent screencasts. Audio in process.
  • the switching rule may switch to the mobile phone 1 according to the target audio output device specified by the triggering scene.
  • the priority of the event trigger mode or the scene trigger mode may be higher than the time trigger mode, and the smart TV may preferentially play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 according to the target audio output device corresponding to the event trigger or the scene trigger.
  • the aforementioned rule setting menu may be the menu 1003 shown in (b) of FIG. 10.
  • the user can set the trigger mode as time, event or scene in the first column of the rule setting menu.
  • the smart TV determines that the trigger condition (or trigger node) specified in the switching rule is satisfied, it switches to the corresponding target audio output device to play the audio generated in the screen projection process.
  • the user can set the trigger time as the trigger condition and the target audio output device that triggers the switch when the trigger time arrives.
  • the user can set the trigger event as the trigger condition and the target audio output device for the trigger event to trigger the switch.
  • the smart TV may pop up a list of trigger events for the user to select.
  • the list of trigger events includes events such as the end of an incoming call, an incoming call, and a video call.
  • the user can also input a trigger event in the control 1000 through an input device such as a remote control or a keyboard.
  • incoming calls and video calls can be collectively referred to as calls.
  • the trigger event can be a call event detected or a call end event.
  • the target audio output device corresponding to the detected call event specified in the switching rule may be the source end; the target audio output device corresponding to the call end event specified in the switching rule may be a smart TV.
  • the user can set the trigger scene as the trigger condition and the target audio output device that triggers the scene to trigger the switch.
  • control menu 1001 also includes a rule list 1004.
  • the rule list 1004 includes rule controls 1005 that have switching rules.
  • an enable mark is displayed on the currently enabled rule control to facilitate prompting the user of the switching rule currently used.
  • the activation mark may be a check mark shown in (a) in FIG. 10.
  • the smart TV After the smart TV detects that the user selects the rule control 1005 in the rule list 1004, it can display the rule view menu corresponding to the rule control 1005 so that the user can view the specific content of the switching rule.
  • the rule viewing menu may be the menu 1006 shown in (c) in FIG. 10.
  • the rule view menu 1006 may include controls that are convenient for user operations, such as enabling controls, stopping enabling controls, editing controls, or returning controls.
  • the target audio output devices indicated by multiple switching rules may conflict.
  • the smart TV may prompt the user to change the switching rules by displaying prompt messages or voice prompts.
  • the smart TV automatically displays the control menu after the screen projection is turned on, so that the user can enable/stop the activation or set the switching rule.
  • the smart TV can switch to use different audio output devices according to the enabled switching rules.
  • mobile phone 1 After mobile phone 1 generates audio, if the target audio output device is a smart TV or an external audio device, mobile phone 1 sends audio data to the smart TV; if the target audio output device is mobile phone 1, mobile phone 1 does not send audio data to the smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 plays audio by itself.
  • the smart TV automatically displays the control menu after starting the screen projection and receiving the audio data sent by the mobile phone 1, so that the user can enable/stop the activation or set the switching rule.
  • the smart TV plays audio through the target audio output device determined by the switching rule.
  • the smart TV can set the switching rule according to the user's voice instruction, or switch the switched rule that has been enabled.
  • the user instructs the target audio output device and the switching rule to be used in combination. If the smart TV detects that the user has instructed the target audio output device and then detects that the user has enabled the switching rule, the smart TV will play audio through the target audio output device determined by the switching rule.
  • the smart TV uses the target audio output device instructed by the user to output audio.
  • the smart TV may also include automatic controls, and the automatic controls may be located on the screen projection interface of the smart TV or in the control menu. After the smart TV detects the user's operation of clicking the automatic control, it resumes automatically switching the target audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • multiple source devices can project the shared content to the same projection device for display.
  • multiple game users project the game interface to the same screen projection device.
  • the content of the conference involves PPT, documents, pictures, or comparison design schemes projected by multiple source-end devices, and multiple source-end devices are projected on the same screen-casting device for display.
  • parents and children respectively cast movies and cartoons from different source devices to the same screen projection device for viewing.
  • the following will take the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 to project the shared content to the smart TV for display as an example.
  • both mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 can project to the same smart TV to share the large-screen resources of the smart TV.
  • the screen of a smart TV can be divided into multiple projection areas, and different projection areas are used to display different screen projection interfaces of different mobile phones. There are many ways to divide the projection area.
  • the projection area may be up/down pattern, left/right pattern, left/middle/right pattern, four-square pattern, or nine-square pattern, etc. It is understandable that the smart TV can also use other methods to display the screen projection interfaces of multiple mobile phones at the same time, for example, using picture-in-picture or floating windows.
  • the mobile phone 1 can use the method described in the above embodiment to project a screen to a smart TV.
  • the mobile phone 2 can also be screened to a smart TV in the manner described in the above embodiment.
  • Mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 can be screened to the smart TV at the same time or successively.
  • a smart TV can display the projection screen QR code in the manner described in the above embodiment.
  • the screen projection two-dimensional code may be as shown in FIG. 12A, and the mobile phone 1 first projects the screen to the smart TV by scanning the code.
  • the smart TV displays the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 1 in the first projection area on the left side of the screen, and the first projection area is the projection window corresponding to the mobile phone 1; and displays the projection screen in the second projection area on the right. QR code.
  • the mobile phone 2 scans the screen projection QR code shown in FIG. 12B to project the screen to the smart TV.
  • the second screen projection area on the right side of the smart TV screen is the screen projection window corresponding to the mobile phone 2 for displaying the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 2.
  • the correspondence between the projection area and the source can be switched.
  • the smart TV can be switched to display the screen of mobile phone 2 in the first screen area on the left of the screen, and display the screen of mobile phone 1 in the second screen area on the right of the screen according to the user's voice command.
  • Screen projection interface In some embodiments, the correspondence between the projection area and the source can be switched.
  • a zone switching control 1201 is displayed on the interface of the smart TV.
  • the smart TV detects that the user clicks on the area switching control 1201, it switches to display the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 2 in the first projection area on the left side of the screen, and display the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 1 in the second projection area on the right side of the screen.
  • smart TVs and mobile phones may provide multiple different screen projection modes such as one-shot, one-shot or one-shot, so that the user can choose to enter the corresponding mode when the screen is turned on.
  • the projection QR code displayed on the smart TV includes a projection QR code with one projection and one mode and a projection QR code with multiple projection and one mode. The user can choose to scan different projection QR codes. Code to enter different projection modes.
  • the switching method of the audio output device in the multi-person projection mode is similar to that in the single-person projection mode, and the differences are mainly explained below.
  • the smart TV can select the target audio output device 1 of the mobile phone 1 and/or the target audio output device 2 of the mobile phone 2 according to the user's instructions.
  • the user can also instruct the smart TV to switch the audio output device of the mobile phone 1 and/or the mobile phone 2 at any time according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protecting privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors.
  • the target audio output device 1 can be a smart TV, the source mobile phone 1 or an external audio device of the smart TV; the target audio output device 2 can be a smart TV, a source The external audio equipment of the mobile phone 1 or smart TV at the end.
  • the smart TV can control the target audio output device 1 to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 during the screen projection process, and control the target audio output device 2 to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 2 during the screen projection process according to the user's instruction.
  • user A and user B use mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to cast screens to a smart TV to play games.
  • the smart TV can display the screen projection interface 1401 and the screen projection interface 1402 as shown in (a) of FIG. 14.
  • the user A and the user B play different games, or the user A and the user B join different teams of the same game, and the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 have different contents.
  • the smart TV can play the audio generated during the screen projection of the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 through its own audio playback device by default. In this way, the game sounds of user A and user B are mixed on the smart TV, and the user's hearing experience is poor.
  • the user may instruct to use different target audio output devices to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 respectively.
  • the user can use the audio switching menu to set the target audio output device corresponding to the audio signal of mobile phone 1 to the external speaker A close to user A; and set the target audio output device corresponding to the audio signal of mobile phone 2 to the external speaker A close to user B Speaker B.
  • the smart TV can use the method described in the above embodiment to display the audio switching menu 1403 as shown in (b) in Figure 14, and the user can set the target audio output corresponding to the mobile phone 1 and/or the mobile phone 2 based on the audio switching menu 1403. equipment.
  • the audio line X Y in Y represents the number of sources in the multi-person projection mode, that is, the number of audio lines, each source device corresponds to one Audio line; X represents the label of a corresponding source and audio line.
  • the source and audio lines can be numbered in a preset order.
  • the source/audio lines may be numbered according to the sequence of screen projection. For example, the mobile phone 1 and its audio line (such as the first audio) that first projected to the smart TV corresponds to 1:2; the mobile phone 2 and its audio line (such as the second audio) which projected to the smart TV later corresponds to 2:2.
  • the source and audio lines are numbered according to the position of the projection area. For example, the mobile phone 1 and its audio line corresponding to the projection area on the left correspond to 1:2; the mobile phone 2 and its audio line corresponding to the projection area on the right correspond to 2:2.
  • the smart TV can learn the device information of the screen projection source, such as the device type or model.
  • the smart TV can display an audio switching menu according to the user's instructions, and the audio switching menu displays device information of multiple source devices.
  • the user can set one or more target audio output devices corresponding to the source device according to the device information.
  • the smart TV can also set target audio output devices of different source devices according to different instructions from the user. For example, the smart TV detects that the user selects the first projection area through the remote control and displays a corresponding interface, so that the user can set the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the first projection area. The smart TV detects that the user selects the second projection area through the remote control and displays a corresponding interface so that the user can set the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the second projection area.
  • parents and children use mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to cast screens to watch movies and cartoons on a smart TV.
  • the smart TV can play the audio of the cartoon corresponding to the mobile phone 2 locally according to the user's instruction; and control the mobile phone 1 to play the audio of the movie corresponding to the mobile phone 1 at the source end.
  • Parents can listen to the audio content of the movie through the earphone connected to the mobile phone 1 .
  • user A and user B use mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to cast screens to watch MVs and learn videos on a smart TV, respectively.
  • the smart TV can control the smart TV to play the audio of the MV corresponding to mobile phone 1 through high-quality external speakers according to the user's instructions, and control mobile phone 2 to play the audio of the learning video corresponding to mobile phone 2 at the source end.
  • User B can connect to mobile phone 2 through Headphones to listen to the audio content of the learning video.
  • the user A and the user B use the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 to cast screens to the smart TV to watch the learning video.
  • the smart TV can control mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to play audio at the source according to the user's instructions.
  • User A and user B listen to the audio content of the learning video through headphones connected to mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to avoid mutual interference.
  • the smart TV can also set or switch the target audio output device of the mobile phone 1 and/or the mobile phone 2 respectively according to the user's voice instructions or preset gestures.
  • the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the target audio output device of the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 at any time according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protection of privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors.
  • the smart TV can switch to use different target audio output devices in real time according to the user's instructions to play the audio shared by different sources during the screen projection process, and uniformly control the target audio output devices corresponding to different sources, so as to make full use of the different sound quality in the environment. Sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power consumption and other characteristics of the external audio device to play the audio shared by the mobile phone, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve the user's audio playback experience.
  • the smart TV When the smart TV is playing the audio shared by mobile phone 1 or mobile phone 2, if it involves user privacy or may disturb other people, the smart TV can switch to mobile phone 1 or mobile phone 2 for playback at any time according to the user's instructions, thereby protecting the user Privacy to avoid causing interference to others.
  • each mobile phone needs to be individually controlled at the local end to choose whether to play audio at the local source end or play audio on the smart TV. If multiple terminals choose to play audio on a smart TV, the smart TV will mix and play multiple audio signals corresponding to multiple mobile phones. It is difficult for users to distinguish different audio signals from different mobile phones, and the user experience is poor. In order to prevent the smart TV from performing audio mixing processing, the smart TV can only play one audio signal.
  • multiple mobile phones do not know each other's screen projections, so it is difficult to coordinate, and it is difficult to achieve the purpose of playing only one audio signal on the smart TV side and other audio signals on the mobile phone. For example, users of multiple mobile phones need to negotiate with each other to determine a mobile phone that uses a smart TV to play audio signals, and control other mobile phones to play audio locally.
  • the smart TV can be uniformly controlled and coordinated to set corresponding target audio output devices for the audio shared by different mobile phones. Therefore, each audio signal corresponding to each source device can have a corresponding target audio output device. Different audio signals can be played through different audio output devices in different locations, and different audio signals can be mixed without the projection device, and the user's hearing experience is better.
  • the smart TV can also automatically determine the target audio output devices corresponding to the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 according to the switching rules in the multi-person projection mode.
  • the switching rule may include the trigger condition, the corresponding relationship between the source/audio line, and the target audio output device. In this way, the smart TV can automatically control the switching of target audio output devices corresponding to different sources according to the switching rules, thereby reducing user operations, freeing users' hands, and improving user experience.
  • the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 may use the same switching rule.
  • the target audio output devices corresponding to different source terminals specified in the switching rules may be different, so that audio mixing caused by conflicts between audio output devices corresponding to different mobile phones can be avoided.
  • the audio of different sources is output on different audio output devices, which can make the user's auditory resolution higher and the user experience higher.
  • the smart TV can also set switching rules according to the user's instructions.
  • the corresponding rule setting menu in the multi-person projection mode may be as shown in (a) in FIG. 15.
  • the switching rules in the multi-player projection mode as shown in (a) in Figure 15, it is necessary to set the trigger conditions and destinations of the multi-channel audio corresponding to multiple sources. Audio output device and other information. It is understandable that one trigger condition can trigger one source device to switch the target audio output device, or multiple source devices to switch the target audio output device.
  • the smart TV when the user sets the switching rule, if the smart TV determines that different sources correspond to the same target audio output device, the smart TV may prompt the user that the current settings may be mixed, so as to facilitate the user to modify in time.
  • the user can also view the specific content of the switching rule.
  • the rule view menu can refer to (b) in FIG. 15.
  • the specific content of the switching rule may include information such as trigger conditions and target audio output devices corresponding to multiple audio channels corresponding to multiple sources respectively.
  • the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 may adopt different handover rules respectively.
  • different mobile phone users can set or enable different switching rules that meet their own usage habits or business scenarios to output audio, so as to improve user experience.
  • the rule setting menu of the smart TV setting the switching rule corresponding to the mobile phone 1 can be seen in (a) in FIG. 16; the rule setting menu of the smart TV setting the switching rule corresponding to the mobile phone 2 can be seen in the (b) of FIG. 16.
  • the smart TV can automatically control the switching of target audio output devices corresponding to different sources according to the switching rules, thereby reducing user operations, freeing users' hands, and improving user experience.
  • the smart TV can automatically and uniformly match, control and coordinate to set the corresponding target audio output devices for the audio shared by different mobile phones, instead of requiring mobile phones as in the prior art1 Users of mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 2 respectively perform settings on the mobile phone side. Therefore, each audio signal corresponding to each source device can have a corresponding target audio output device. Different audio signals can be played through different audio output devices in different locations, and different audio signals can be mixed without the projection device, and the user's hearing experience is better.
  • smart TVs can make full use of external audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment to play audio shared by mobile phones, which can increase the selectivity of audio output devices and improve audio The flexibility of output improves the user's audio playback experience.
  • the smart TV may not be connected to an external audio device.
  • the target audio output device can be a smart TV or a source, but cannot be an external audio device of the smart TV.
  • the smart TV can uniformly control the audio output devices corresponding to multiple sources without requiring users to operate on their respective sources.
  • the smart TV can determine that a channel of audio corresponding to one source is played on the smart TV according to the user's instructions or switching rules, and send control commands to other sources to instruct the other sources to play audio on their local ends, thereby
  • the audio playback conditions of multiple sources can be coordinated in a unified manner to avoid conflicts caused by multiple sources playing on the smart TV.
  • This solution does not need to control the respective target audio output devices individually, multiple times, and separately at each mobile phone source as in the prior art, and requires each mobile phone user to negotiate to avoid multiple sources playing audio on the smart TV side. Conflict.
  • the smart TV can also perform unified control and coordination, select one audio signal for playback, and uniformly control the other audio signals for playback on the source device; instead of the existing technology, It needs to be operated and controlled separately on the side of each source end device; therefore, the control process can be simplified, and all source end devices can be coordinated uniformly, saving user operations and improving user experience.
  • both the smart TV and the source mobile phone display the interface of the mobile phone after the screen projection is turned on.
  • the source mobile phone can transfer the subsequently generated interface to the smart TV for display, and the mobile phone no longer displays the subsequently generated interface, and can stop the screen or display the preset specific interface (for example, including simple interfaces such as controls to stop the screen projection), to save the power consumption of the mobile phone and extend the battery life of the mobile phone. After the phone stops screencasting, the interface display is restored.
  • the source mobile phone can transfer the subsequently generated interface to the smart TV for display, and the mobile phone no longer displays the interface by default, so as to save the power consumption of the mobile phone and extend the battery life of the mobile phone.
  • the interface corresponding to the preset event is simultaneously displayed on the mobile phone side.
  • the mobile phone stops displaying the user interface that changes in real time.
  • the preset event may be an event with high privacy such as an incoming call or a video call.
  • the smart TV controls and switches the target audio output device corresponding to the source end during the screen projection process.
  • the smart TV can also control and switch the target interface output device corresponding to the source end.
  • the target interface output device can be switched between the source, smart TV, or external video device.
  • the external video device may be a device capable of displaying images, such as a projector, a notebook computer, or a desktop computer.
  • the smart TV can switch the target interface output device corresponding to the source end according to the user's instruction or switching rule.
  • the smart TV can switch the interface output device from the smart TV to the source according to the user's instructions through the remote control.
  • the source mobile phone is playing a movie
  • the smart TV simultaneously displays an interface for playing the movie.
  • Movie playback applications can recognize content such as highlights or horror clips.
  • the image data sent by the mobile phone to the smart TV may include key point information or highlight segment information or horror segment information of the movie screen.
  • the smart TV determines that the interface to be displayed is a horror picture, and when a child is detected in front of the smart TV through the camera, it is determined to stop playing the movie picture on the smart TV according to the switching rule, and the picture is played on the mobile phone.
  • the smart TV can resume displaying the interface generated by the source mobile phone during the screen projection process.
  • the smart TV After the smart TV detects the video call, it is determined according to the switching rules to stop displaying the interface shared by the source end and stop playing the audio, and switch both the interface and audio back to the source mobile phone for display and playback, which is more suitable for users. Habits, it is convenient for users to move to a more suitable place to make calls, protect user privacy, and improve user experience.
  • the smart TV resumes displaying the interface shared by the source terminal and resumes audio playback.
  • the source device is a mobile phone and the screen projection device is a smart TV.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of this application can still be used to switch the audio output device or the interface output device, which will not be repeated here.
  • this embodiment provides a method for switching audio output devices, which can be implemented in a projection device (such as a smart TV or a projector, etc.) as shown in Figure 1- Figure 2 .
  • the electronic device can be connected to at least one external audio device.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • the electronic device receives screen projection operations from a first source device and a second source device respectively.
  • the electronic device may be a smart TV
  • the first source device may be a mobile phone 1
  • the second source device may be a mobile phone 2.
  • Mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 can respectively scan the screen projection QR code shown in Figure 12 to initiate a screen projection operation to the smart TV; the smart TV receives the screen projection operation initiated by mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 respectively, so that it can be used in the subsequent screen projection process Display the content shared by mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2.
  • the electronic device respectively receives first image data from a first source device and second image data from a second source device, where the first image data is data corresponding to the first interface of the first source device; The image data is data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device.
  • the smart TV can receive the image data of the interface to be displayed sent by the mobile phone 1, and receive the mobile phone 2 Send the image data of the interface to be displayed.
  • the electronic device displays the first interface and the second interface in the first projection area and the second projection area, respectively, according to the first image data and the second image data.
  • the first interface may refer to the interface 1401 shown in (a) in FIG. 14, and the second interface may refer to the interface 1402 shown in (b) in FIG. 14.
  • the output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the projection process is the first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the projection process is the second audio output equipment.
  • the electronic device determines that the first condition is met, the electronic device sets the first audio output device as the third audio output device.
  • the third audio output device is any one of the first source device, electronic device, or external audio device, and the third audio output device is different from the first audio output device. For example, if the third audio output device is an external audio device, the electronic device forwards the audio data from the first source device to the external audio device, so that the external audio device plays the first audio.
  • the first source device is mobile phone 1
  • the second source device is mobile phone 2
  • the first audio output device may be a smart TV
  • the third audio output device may be a mobile phone 1.
  • the electronic device sets the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  • the fourth audio output device is any one of a second source device, an electronic device, or an external audio device, and the fourth audio output device is different from the second audio output device. For example, if the fourth audio output device is an external audio device, the electronic device forwards the audio data from the second source device to the external audio device, so that the external audio device plays the second audio.
  • the electronic device may be a smart TV
  • the first source device is mobile phone 1
  • the second source device is mobile phone 2
  • the second audio output device may be mobile phone 2
  • the fourth audio output device may be External speakers for smart TVs.
  • the electronic device can uniformly control and coordinate the audio output devices corresponding to different sources, and freely switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared by different sources during the screen projection process, thereby making full use of External audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment can play audio shared by mobile phones, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve users Audio playback experience.
  • determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition includes: the electronic device detects a first instruction operation of the user, and the first instruction operation is used to instruct the output device of the first audio to be the third audio output device.
  • the electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device detects a second instruction operation of the user, and the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  • the electronic device can switch the output device of the first audio of the first source device and/or switch the audio output device of the second audio of the second source device according to the instruction of the user, so that the electronic device can The audio output device of each source device is controlled uniformly.
  • determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  • the electronic device can automatically switch the audio output device of the first audio of the first source device and/or switch the audio output device of the second audio of the second source device according to the switching rule, so as to pass the electronic device
  • the audio output device of each source device is automatically controlled in a unified manner, saving user operations and improving user experience.
  • the screen projection device includes hardware and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods for each specific application in combination with the embodiments to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the screen projection device can be divided into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device including one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories are coupled with one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes.
  • the computer program codes include computer instructions.
  • the electronic device executes The steps of the screen projection device in the foregoing method embodiment realize the foregoing method of switching audio output devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on the screen projection device, the screen projection device executes the above-mentioned related method steps to achieve the above The method of switching audio output devices in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to implement the method for switching the audio output device executed by the screen projection device in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a device.
  • the device may specifically be a chip, component or module.
  • the device may include a processor and a memory connected to each other.
  • the memory is used to store computer execution instructions.
  • the processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for switching the audio output device executed by the projection device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the electronic device, computer readable storage medium, computer program product, or chip provided in this embodiment are all used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the above provided The beneficial effects of the corresponding method will not be repeated here.
  • the communication system may include the above-mentioned at least one source device, the above-mentioned screen projection device, and an external audio device of the screen projection device, which can be used to implement the above-mentioned method for switching audio output devices. .
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate, and the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (read only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of electronics, and provide an audio output device switching method and device, capable of switching playback of an audio between a source end device, a screen projection device or other devices in a process when the screen projection device controls screen projection, making playback of the audio more flexible, and providing better experience for users. The specific solution is that: an electronic device respectively receives screen projection operations from a first source end device and a second source end device; respectively display a first interface of the first source end device and a second interface of the second source end device in a first screen projection area and a second screen projection area; a first audio generated by the first source end device is played by a first audio output device; if it is determined that a first condition is satisfied, configure an output device of the first audio as a third audio output device; the third audio output device is any one of the first source end device, an electronic device, or an external audio device, and is different from the first audio output device. Embodiments of the present application are used for screen projection.

Description

一种切换音频输出设备的方法及设备Method and device for switching audio output device
本申请要求于2019年11月25日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201911168270.2、申请名称为“一种切换音频输出设备的方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on November 25, 2019, the application number is 201911168270.2, and the application name is "A method and device for switching audio output devices", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及电子技术领域,尤其涉及一种切换音频输出设备的方法及设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a method and device for switching audio output devices.
背景技术Background technique
随着人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)技术与智能家居产品的发展,越来越多的智能电视、智慧大屏等大屏设备不断涌现。用户可以将手机或平板电脑等终端上的音/视频投屏到大屏设备上进行播放,从而可以利用大屏设备的高清晰度、大屏幕或自有音箱的高音质等特性,来分享终端屏幕上的视频或音乐等内容,提升趣味和用户使用体验。With the development of artificial intelligence (AI) technology and smart home products, more and more large-screen devices such as smart TVs and smart large screens continue to emerge. Users can project audio/video from terminals such as mobile phones or tablets to large-screen devices for playback, so that they can use the high-definition characteristics of large-screen devices, large screens or the high sound quality of their own speakers to share the terminal Contents such as video or music on the screen enhance the fun and user experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种切换音频输出设备的方法及设备,能够在投屏设备端控制投屏过程中的音频在源端设备、投屏设备或其他设备间切换播放,使得音频播放更为灵活,用户使用体验更好。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for switching audio output devices, which can control the audio during the screen projection process on the screen projection device to switch and play between the source device, the projection device or other devices, making audio playback more flexible , The user experience is better.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种适用于多人投屏模式的切换音频输出设备的方法,可以应用于电子设备,电子设备连接有至少一个外接音频设备。该方法包括:电子设备分别接收来自第一源端设备和第二源端设备的投屏操作。电子设备分别接收来自第一源端设备的第一图像数据和来自第二源端设备的第二图像数据。其中,第一图像数据为第一源端设备的第一界面对应的数据;第二图像数据为第二源端设备的第二界面对应的数据。电子设备根据第一图像数据和第二图像数据,分别在第一投屏区域和第二投屏区域内显示第一界面和第二界面。其中,第一源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第一音频的输出设备为第一音频输出设备;第二源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第二音频的输出设备为第二音频输出设备。若电子设备确定满足第一条件,则电子设备将第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备。其中,第三音频输出设备为第一源端设备、电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第三音频输出设备不同于第一音频输出设备。若电子设备确定满足第二条件,则电子设备将第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备。其中,第四音频输出设备为第二源端设备、电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第四音频输出设备不同于第二音频输出设备。On the one hand, the embodiments of the present application provide a method for switching audio output devices suitable for multi-person projection mode, which can be applied to electronic devices, and the electronic devices are connected to at least one external audio device. The method includes: the electronic device receives screen projection operations from a first source device and a second source device respectively. The electronic device receives the first image data from the first source device and the second image data from the second source device respectively. The first image data is data corresponding to the first interface of the first source device; the second image data is data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device. The electronic device displays the first interface and the second interface in the first projection area and the second projection area, respectively, according to the first image data and the second image data. The output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the projection process is the first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the projection process is the second audio output equipment. If the electronic device determines that the first condition is met, the electronic device sets the first audio output device as the third audio output device. The third audio output device is any one of the first source device, electronic device, or external audio device, and the third audio output device is different from the first audio output device. If the electronic device determines that the second condition is met, the electronic device sets the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device. The fourth audio output device is any one of a second source device, an electronic device, or an external audio device, and the fourth audio output device is different from the second audio output device.
这样,在投屏过程中,电子设备可以统一对不同源端对应的音频输出设备进行控制和协调,自由切换使用不同的音频输出设备播放投屏过程中不同源端分享的音频,从而可以充分利用环境中不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放手机分享的音频,因而可以提高音频输出设备的选择性, 提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户音频播放体验。In this way, during the screen projection process, the electronic device can uniformly control and coordinate the audio output devices corresponding to different sources, and freely switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared by different sources during the screen projection process, thereby making full use of External audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment can play audio shared by mobile phones, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve users Audio playback experience.
在一种可能的设计中,电子设备确定满足第一条件,包括:电子设备检测到用户的第一指示操作,第一指示操作用于指示将第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备。电子设备确定满足第二条件,包括:电子设备检测到用户的第二指示操作,第二指示操作用于指示将第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备。In a possible design, the electronic device determines that the first condition is satisfied, including: the electronic device detects a user's first instruction operation, and the first instruction operation is used to instruct to set the first audio output device as the third audio output device . The electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device detects a second instruction operation of the user, and the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
在该方案中,电子设备可以根据用户的指示,切换第一源端设备的第一音频的输出设备,和/或切换第二源端设备的第二音频的输出设备,从而通过电子设备对各源端设备的音频输出设备进行统一控制。In this solution, the electronic device can switch the output device of the first audio of the first source device and/or switch the output device of the second audio of the second source device according to the instruction of the user, so that the electronic device can The audio output device of the source device is controlled uniformly.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一指示操作和第二指示操作为用户通过输入设备执行的操作或者为语音指令操作;输入设备包括遥控器、触摸屏、鼠标或键盘中的任一种。In another possible design, the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation are operations performed by the user through an input device or voice instruction operations; the input device includes any one of a remote control, a touch screen, a mouse, or a keyboard.
也就是说,用户可以通过遥控器、触摸屏、鼠标或键盘等输入设备指示电子设备切换投屏过程中的音频输出设备,或者通过语音指示电子设备切换投屏过程中的音频输出设备。In other words, the user can instruct the electronic device to switch the audio output device during the screen projection process through input devices such as a remote control, touch screen, mouse or keyboard, or instruct the electronic device to switch the audio output device during the screen projection process through voice.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一指示操作和第二指示操作可以为用户的输入操作,用户语音指令操作,预设手势操作,预设动作操作或预设表情操作等中的至少一种。In another possible design, the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation may be at least one of a user input operation, a user voice instruction operation, a preset gesture operation, a preset action operation or a preset expression operation, etc. .
这样,用户可以通过多种方式控制第一音频和第二音频的音频输出设备。In this way, the user can control the audio output devices of the first audio and the second audio in a variety of ways.
在另一种可能的设计中,在电子设备检测到第一指示操作或第二指示操作之前,该方法还包括:电子设备检测到用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作后,显示控制菜单,控制菜单包括音频切换控件。电子设备检测到用户选中音频切换控件的操作后,显示音频切换菜单。第一指示操作为用户基于音频切换菜单,为第一源端设备的第一音频选择第三音频输出设备的操作。第二指示操作为用户基于音频切换菜单,为第二源端设备的第二音频选择第四音频输出设备的操作。In another possible design, before the electronic device detects the first instruction operation or the second instruction operation, the method further includes: after the electronic device detects the user's operation on the preset control on the input device, displaying the control menu, The control menu includes audio switching controls. After the electronic device detects that the user selects the operation of the audio switching control, the audio switching menu is displayed. The first instruction operation is an operation for the user to select a third audio output device for the first audio of the first source device based on the audio switching menu. The second instruction operation is an operation in which the user selects the fourth audio output device for the second audio of the second source device based on the audio switching menu.
也就是说,电子设备可以根据用户的指示显示音频切换菜单,以便用户基于音频切换菜单切换第一音频和/或第二音频的输出设备。That is, the electronic device may display the audio switching menu according to the user's instruction, so that the user can switch the output device of the first audio and/or the second audio based on the audio switching menu.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一界面为来自第一源端设备的第一游戏界面,第二界面为来自第二源端设备的第二游戏界面,第三音频输出设备为至少一个外接音频设备中的第一音箱,第四音频输出设备为至少一个外接音频设备中的第二音箱。In another possible design, the first interface is the first game interface from the first source device, the second interface is the second game interface from the second source device, and the third audio output device is at least one external The first speaker in the audio device, and the fourth audio output device is the second speaker in at least one external audio device.
这样,不同用户可以分别通过第一源端设备和第二源端设备投屏打游戏,并分别通过不同的外接音频设备聆听游戏声音。In this way, different users can cast and play the game through the first source device and the second source device respectively, and listen to the game sound through different external audio devices.
在另一种可能的设计中,电子设备确定满足第一条件,包括:电子设备根据切换规则确定第一音频的输出设备为第三音频输出设备。电子设备确定满足第二条件,包括:电子设备根据切换规则确定第二音频的输出设备为第四音频输出设备。In another possible design, determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule. The electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
在该方案中,电子设备可以根据切换规则,自动切换第一源端设备的第一音频的输出设备,和/或切换第二源端设备的第二音频的输出设备,从而通过电子设备自动对各源端设备的音频输出设备进行统一控制,节省用户操作,提高用户使用体验。In this solution, the electronic device can automatically switch the first audio output device of the first source device and/or switch the second audio output device of the second source device according to the switching rule, so that the electronic device can automatically check The audio output device of each source device is controlled in a unified manner, which saves user operations and improves user experience.
在另一种可能的设计中,切换规则包括第一触发条件与第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;以及第二触发条件与第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;第一触发条件和第二触发条件包括触发时间、触发事件或触发场景中的至少一种。电子设备根据切换规则确定第一音频的输出设备为第三音频输出设备, 包括:电子设备在检测到第一触发条件后,根据切换规则确定第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为第三音频输出设备。电子设备根据切换规则确定第二音频的输出设备为第四音频输出设备,包括:电子设备在检测到第二触发条件后,根据切换规则确定第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备为第四音频输出设备。In another possible design, the switching rule includes the correspondence between the first trigger condition and the target audio output device of the first source device; and the relationship between the second trigger condition and the target audio output device of the second source device. Correspondence between: the first trigger condition and the second trigger condition include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario. The electronic device determines that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule, including: after detecting the first trigger condition, the electronic device determines that the target audio output device of the first source device is the third audio according to the switching rule Output device. The electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule, including: after detecting the second trigger condition, the electronic device determines that the target audio output device of the second source device is the fourth audio according to the switching rule Output device.
也就是说,电子设备可以在检测到触发条件后根据切换规则切换投屏过程中的音频输出设备。In other words, the electronic device can switch the audio output device in the screen projection process according to the switching rule after detecting the trigger condition.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一触发条件包括触发事件,触发事件包括通话事件,电子设备在检测到通话事件后,根据切换规则确定的第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为第一源端设备。或者,第一触发条件包括触发事件,触发事件包括通话结束事件,电子设备在检测到通话结束事件后,根据切换规则确定的第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为电子设备。In another possible design, the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call event. After the electronic device detects the call event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the first Source device. Alternatively, the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call end event. After the electronic device detects the call end event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the electronic device.
也就是说,电子设备可以在检测到源端的通话事件后,根据切换规则自动切换到源端播放通话过程中的音频;在通话结束后,根据切换规则自动切换到电子设备播放投屏过程中的后续音频。That is to say, the electronic device can automatically switch to the source to play the audio during the call according to the switching rules after detecting the call event at the source end; after the call is over, it can automatically switch to the electronic device to play the screencasting process according to the switching rules. Follow-up audio.
在另一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:电子设备检测到用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作。电子设备显示控制菜单,控制菜单包括规则设置菜单。电子设备根据用户针对规则设置菜单的操作,生成新的切换规则。In another possible design, the method further includes: the electronic device detects a user's operation on the preset control on the input device. The electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu. The electronic device generates a new switching rule according to the user's operation on the rule setting menu.
也就是说,用户可以通过规则设置菜单设置切换规则。In other words, the user can set the switching rule through the rule setting menu.
在另一种可能的设计中,控制菜单还包括切换规则列表,切换规则列表包括至少一个规则控件。方法还包括:电子设备检测到用户选中第一切换规则的规则控件的操作。电子设备显示第一切换规则对应的规则查看菜单,规则查看菜单包括第一切换规则的规则内容,启用/停止启用控件,以及返回控件。In another possible design, the control menu further includes a switching rule list, and the switching rule list includes at least one rule control. The method further includes: the electronic device detects that the user selects an operation of the rule control of the first switching rule. The electronic device displays a rule view menu corresponding to the first switching rule, and the rule view menu includes rule content of the first switching rule, enable/stop enable control, and return control.
也就是说,用户可以通过规则查看菜单查看切换规则的内容。In other words, the user can view the content of the switching rule through the rule view menu.
在另一种可能的设计中,该电子设备可以是智能电视、智慧屏等大屏设备或投影仪。In another possible design, the electronic device may be a large-screen device such as a smart TV, a smart screen, or a projector.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,电子设备与至少一个外接音频设备连接。该电子设备包括:屏幕,用于显示界面;音频播放器,用于播放音频;一个或多个处理器;以及存储器,存储器中存储有代码。当代码被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行以下步骤:分别接收来自第一源端设备和第二源端设备的投屏操作。分别接收来自第一源端设备的第一图像数据和来自第二源端设备的第二图像数据,第一图像数据为第一源端设备的第一界面对应的数据;第二图像数据为第二源端设备的第二界面对应的数据。根据第一图像数据和第二图像数据,分别在第一投屏区域和第二投屏区域内显示第一界面和第二界面。其中,第一源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第一音频的输出设备为第一音频输出设备;第二源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第二音频的输出设备为第二音频输出设备。若确定满足第一条件,则将第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备;第三音频输出设备为第一源端设备、电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第三音频输出设备不同于第一音频输出设备。若确定满足第二条件,则将第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备;第四音频输出设备为第二源端设备、电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第四音频输出设备不同于第二 音频输出设备。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which is connected to at least one external audio device. The electronic device includes: a screen for displaying an interface; an audio player for playing audio; one or more processors; and a memory with codes stored in the memory. When the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is caused to perform the following steps: receiving screen projection operations from the first source device and the second source device respectively. The first image data from the first source device and the second image data from the second source device are respectively received, the first image data is data corresponding to the first interface of the first source device; the second image data is the first Data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device. According to the first image data and the second image data, the first interface and the second interface are displayed in the first projection area and the second projection area, respectively. The output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the projection process is the first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the projection process is the second audio output equipment. If it is determined that the first condition is met, the first audio output device is set as the third audio output device; the third audio output device is any one of the first source device, the electronic device, or the external audio device, and the third The audio output device is different from the first audio output device. If it is determined that the second condition is met, the second audio output device is set as the fourth audio output device; the fourth audio output device is any one of the second source device, the electronic device, or the external audio device, and the fourth audio output device The audio output device is different from the second audio output device.
在一种可能的设计中,确定满足第一条件,包括:检测到用户的第一指示操作,第一指示操作用于指示将第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备。确定满足第二条件,包括:检测到用户的第二指示操作,第二指示操作用于指示将第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备。In a possible design, determining that the first condition is satisfied includes: detecting a first instruction operation of the user, and the first instruction operation is used to instruct to set the first audio output device as the third audio output device. Determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: detecting a second instruction operation of the user, where the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一指示操作和第二指示操作为用户通过输入设备执行的操作或者为语音指令操作;输入设备包括遥控器、触摸屏、鼠标或键盘中的任一种。In another possible design, the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation are operations performed by the user through an input device or voice instruction operations; the input device includes any one of a remote control, a touch screen, a mouse, or a keyboard.
在另一种可能的设计中,当代码被一个或多个处理器执行时,还使得电子设备执行以下步骤:在检测到第一指示操作或第二指示操作之前,检测到用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作后,显示控制菜单,控制菜单包括音频切换控件。检测到用户选中音频切换控件的操作后,显示音频切换菜单。第一指示操作为用户基于音频切换菜单,为第一源端设备的第一音频选择第三音频输出设备的操作。第二指示操作为用户基于音频切换菜单,为第二源端设备的第二音频选择第四音频输出设备的操作。In another possible design, when the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following steps: before detecting the first instruction operation or the second instruction operation, it is detected that the user is on the input device After the operation of the preset controls, the control menu is displayed, and the control menu includes audio switching controls. After detecting the user's selection of the audio switching control, the audio switching menu is displayed. The first instruction operation is an operation for the user to select a third audio output device for the first audio of the first source device based on the audio switching menu. The second instruction operation is an operation in which the user selects the fourth audio output device for the second audio of the second source device based on the audio switching menu.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一界面为来自第一源端设备的第一游戏界面,第二界面为来自第二源端设备的第二游戏界面,第三音频输出设备为至少一个外接音频设备中的第一音箱,第四音频输出设备为至少一个外接音频设备中的第二音箱。In another possible design, the first interface is the first game interface from the first source device, the second interface is the second game interface from the second source device, and the third audio output device is at least one external The first speaker in the audio device, and the fourth audio output device is the second speaker in at least one external audio device.
在另一种可能的设计中,确定满足第一条件,包括:确定满足第一条件,包括:根据切换规则确定第一音频的输出设备为第三音频输出设备。确定满足第二条件,包括:根据切换规则确定第二音频的输出设备为第四音频输出设备。In another possible design, determining that the first condition is satisfied includes: determining that the first condition is satisfied, including: determining that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule. Determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: determining that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
在另一种可能的设计中,切换规则包括第一触发条件与第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;以及第二触发条件与第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;第一触发条件和第二触发条件包括触发时间、触发事件或触发场景中的至少一种。根据切换规则确定第一音频的输出设备为第三音频输出设备,包括:在检测到第一触发条件后,根据切换规则确定第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为第三音频输出设备。根据切换规则确定第二音频的输出设备为第四音频输出设备,包括:在检测到第二触发条件后,根据切换规则确定第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备为第四音频输出设备。In another possible design, the switching rule includes the correspondence between the first trigger condition and the target audio output device of the first source device; and the relationship between the second trigger condition and the target audio output device of the second source device. Correspondence between: the first trigger condition and the second trigger condition include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario. Determining the output device of the first audio as the third audio output device according to the switching rule includes: after detecting the first trigger condition, determining the target audio output device of the first source device as the third audio output device according to the switching rule. Determining the output device of the second audio as the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule includes: after detecting the second trigger condition, determining the target audio output device of the second source device as the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一触发条件包括触发事件,触发事件包括通话事件,电子设备在检测到通话事件后,根据切换规则确定的第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为第一源端设备。或者,第一触发条件包括触发事件,触发事件包括通话结束事件,电子设备在检测到通话结束事件后,根据切换规则确定的第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为电子设备。In another possible design, the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call event. After the electronic device detects the call event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the first Source device. Alternatively, the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call end event. After the electronic device detects the call end event, the target audio output device of the first source device determined according to the switching rule is the electronic device.
在另一种可能的设计中,当代码被一个或多个处理器执行时,还使得电子设备执行以下步骤:检测到用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作。显示控制菜单,控制菜单包括规则设置菜单。根据用户针对规则设置菜单的操作,生成新的切换规则。In another possible design, when the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following steps: detecting the user's operation on the preset control on the input device. The control menu is displayed, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu. According to the user's operation on the rule setting menu, a new switching rule is generated.
在另一种可能的设计中,控制菜单还包括切换规则列表,切换规则列表包括至少一个规则控件;当代码被一个或多个处理器执行时,还使得电子设备执行以下步骤:检测到用户选中第一切换规则的规则控件的操作。显示第一切换规则对应的规则查看菜单,规则查看菜单包括第一切换规则的规则内容,启用/停止启用控件,以及返回控 件。In another possible design, the control menu also includes a switching rule list, and the switching rule list includes at least one rule control; when the code is executed by one or more processors, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following steps: detecting that the user selects The operation of the rule control of the first switching rule. The rule view menu corresponding to the first switching rule is displayed. The rule view menu includes the rule content of the first switching rule, enable/stop enable control, and return control.
在另一种可能的设计中,该电子设备可以是智能电视、智慧屏等大屏设备或投影仪。In another possible design, the electronic device may be a large-screen device such as a smart TV, a smart screen, or a projector.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种适用于单人投屏模式的切换音频输出设备的方法,应用于电子设备,电子设备与至少一个外接音频设备相连,该方法包括:电子设备接收来自源端设备的投屏操作。电子设备接收来自源端设备的图像数据,该图像数据为源端设备的界面对应的数据。电子设备根据图像数据显示界面。其中,源端设备在投屏过程中产生的音频通过第一音频输出设备播放。电子设备确定满足条件后,将音频的输出设备设置为第二音频输出设备;第二音频输出设备为源端设备,电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第二音频输出设备与第一音频输出设备不同。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching audio output devices suitable for single-person projection mode, which is applied to an electronic device, and the electronic device is connected to at least one external audio device. The method includes: the electronic device receives from a source Screen projection operation of the end device. The electronic device receives image data from the source device, and the image data is data corresponding to the interface of the source device. The electronic device displays the interface according to the image data. Wherein, the audio generated by the source device during the screen projection process is played through the first audio output device. After the electronic device determines that the conditions are met, the audio output device is set as the second audio output device; the second audio output device is any one of the source device, the electronic device or the external audio device, and the second audio output device is connected to the second audio output device. One audio output device is different.
这样,在投屏过程中,电子设备可以对源端音频的输出设备进行控制和协调,自由切换使用不同的音频输出设备播放投屏过程中源端分享的音频,从而可以充分利用环境中不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放手机分享的音频,因而可以提高音频输出设备的选择性,提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户音频播放体验。In this way, during the screen projection process, the electronic device can control and coordinate the audio output device of the source end, freely switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared by the source end during the screen projection process, so as to make full use of the different sound quality in the environment , Different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power consumption and other characteristics of external audio devices to play the audio shared by the mobile phone, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve the user's audio playback experience.
在一种可能的设计中,电子设备确定满足条件,包括:电子设备检测到用户的指示操作,指示操作用于指示将音频的输出设备设置为第二音频输出设备。In a possible design, determining that the electronic device satisfies the condition includes: the electronic device detects a user's instruction operation, and the instruction operation is used to instruct to set the audio output device as the second audio output device.
在另一种可能的设计中,指示操作为通过输入设备的操作或语音指示操作,输入设备包括遥控器、触摸屏、鼠标或键盘中的任一种。In another possible design, the instruction operation is an operation through an input device or a voice instruction operation, and the input device includes any one of a remote control, a touch screen, a mouse, or a keyboard.
在另一种可能的设计中,电子设备检测到用户的指示操作,包括:电子设备检测到用户从音频切换菜单中选中第二音频输出设备的操作。在电子设备检测到用户的指示操作之前,该方法还包括:电子设备检测到用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作。电子设备显示控制菜单,控制菜单包括音频切换控件。电子设备检测到用户选中音频切换控件的操作。电子设备显示音频切换菜单,音频切换菜单包括源端设备,电子设备和外接音频设备。In another possible design, the electronic device detecting the user's instruction operation includes: the electronic device detecting the user's operation of selecting the second audio output device from the audio switching menu. Before the electronic device detects the user's instruction operation, the method further includes: the electronic device detects the user's operation on the preset control on the input device. The electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes audio switching controls. The electronic device detects that the user selects the operation of the audio switching control. The electronic device displays an audio switching menu, and the audio switching menu includes the source device, the electronic device, and the external audio device.
在另一种可能的设计中,电子设备确定满足条件,包括:电子设备根据切换规则确定音频的输出设备为第二音频输出设备,切换规则包括触发条件与源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;触发条件包括触发时间、触发事件或触发场景中的至少一种。In another possible design, the electronic device determines that the condition is satisfied, including: the electronic device determines that the audio output device is the second audio output device according to the switching rule, and the switching rule includes the trigger condition and the target audio output device of the source device The corresponding relationship; the trigger condition includes at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario.
在另一种可能的设计中,触发事件包括通话事件,通话事件对应的源端设备的目标音频输出设备为源端设备。或者,触发事件包括通话结束事件,通话结束事件对应的源端设备的目标音频输出设备为电子设备。In another possible design, the trigger event includes a call event, and the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the call event is the source device. Or, the trigger event includes a call end event, and the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the call end event is an electronic device.
在另一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:电子设备检测到用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作。电子设备显示控制菜单,控制菜单包括规则设置菜单。电子设备基于用户针对规则设置菜单的操作生成新的切换规则。In another possible design, the method further includes: the electronic device detects a user's operation on the preset control on the input device. The electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu. The electronic device generates a new switching rule based on the user's operation on the rule setting menu.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种显示处理装置,该装置包含在电子设备中。该装置具有实现上述方面及可能的设计中任一方法中电子设备行为的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括至少一个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如,处理模块/单元,接收模块/单元,显示模块/单 元,切换模块/单元等。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a display processing device, which is included in an electronic device. The device has the function of realizing the behavior of the electronic device in any of the above aspects and possible design methods. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes at least one module or unit corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. For example, processing module/unit, receiving module/unit, display module/unit, switching module/unit, etc.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,包括:一个或多个处理器;以及存储器,存储器中存储有代码。当代码被电子设备执行时,使得电子设备执行上述方面任一项可能的设计中电子设备执行的切换音频输出设备的方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors; and a memory, in which code is stored. When the code is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method for switching the audio output device executed by the electronic device in any one of the possible designs in the foregoing aspects.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述方面任一项可能的设计中的切换音频输出设备的方法。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the switching audio output device in any one of the above-mentioned possible designs. Methods.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述方面任一项可能的设计中电子设备执行的切换音频输出设备的方法。In another aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method for switching audio output devices executed by the electronic device in any one of the above-mentioned possible designs.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统应用于电子设备。该芯片系统包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路和处理器通过线路互联;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行上述方面任一项可能的设计中的切换音频输出设备的方法。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device. The chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by wires; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor. The signals include the memory Stored computer instructions; when the processor executes the computer instructions, it causes the electronic device to execute the method for switching audio output devices in any one of the possible designs of the above aspects.
上述单人投屏模式下对应的切换音频输出设备的方法对应的有益效果,可以参见关于多人投屏模式下对应的切换音频输出设备的方法方面的有益效果的描述,此处不予赘述。For the beneficial effects of the corresponding method for switching audio output devices in the single-person projection mode, please refer to the description of the beneficial effects of the corresponding method for switching audio output devices in the multi-person projection mode, which will not be repeated here.
上述其他方面对应的有益效果,可以参见关于方法方面的有益效果的描述,此处不予赘述。For the corresponding beneficial effects of the other aspects mentioned above, please refer to the description of the beneficial effects of the method, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种智能电视的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3A为本申请实施例提供的一种打开投屏应用的示意图;FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of opening a screen projection application provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3B为本申请实施例提供的一种投屏二维码的示意图;FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a screen projection QR code provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4A为本申请实施例提供的另一种打开投屏应用的示意图;4A is a schematic diagram of opening another screen projection application provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4B为本申请实施例提供的一种扫码界面示意图;4B is a schematic diagram of a code scanning interface provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4C为本申请实施例提供的一种打开快捷面板的操作示意图;4C is a schematic diagram of an operation for opening a shortcut panel provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4D为本申请实施例提供的一种打开扫码界面的操作示意图;FIG. 4D is a schematic diagram of an operation for opening a code scanning interface provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5A中的(a)-(b)为本申请实施例提供的一组投屏界面示意图;(A)-(b) in FIG. 5A are schematic diagrams of a set of screen projection interfaces provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5B中的(a)-(b)为本申请实施例提供的另一组投屏界面示意图;(A)-(b) in FIG. 5B are schematic diagrams of another set of screen projection interfaces provided by embodiments of this application;
图5C为本申请实施例提供的另一组投屏界面示意图;FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of another set of screen projection interfaces provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种音频切换菜单的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an audio switching menu provided by an embodiment of the application;
图7中的(a)-(b)为本申请实施例提供的一种打开音频切换菜单的示意图;(A)-(b) in FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of opening an audio switching menu provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8中的(a)-(b)为本申请实施例提供的一种切换音频输出设备的示意图;(A)-(b) in FIG. 8 are schematic diagrams of switching audio output devices provided by embodiments of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种切换音频输出设备的方法流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for switching audio output devices according to an embodiment of the application;
图10中的(a)-(c)为本申请实施例提供的另一组智能电视的界面示意图;(A)-(c) in FIG. 10 are schematic diagrams of the interface of another group of smart TVs provided by an embodiment of the application;
图11中的(a)-(e)为本申请实施例提供的一组投屏区域的划分方式;(A)-(e) in FIG. 11 are the division methods of a group of projection areas provided by the embodiments of this application;
图12A为本申请实施例提供的一种投屏过程中智能电视的界面示意图;FIG. 12A is a schematic diagram of an interface of a smart TV during a screen projection process provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图12B为本申请实施例提供的另一种投屏过程中智能电视的界面示意图;FIG. 12B is a schematic diagram of an interface of a smart TV during another screen projection process provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图12C为本申请实施例提供的一种投屏后的界面示意图;12C is a schematic diagram of an interface after screen projection provided by an embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种投屏二维码的示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another screen projection QR code provided by an embodiment of the application;
图14中的(a)-(c)为本申请实施例提供的一组投屏过程中的界面或场景示意图;(A)-(c) in FIG. 14 are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces or scenes in the screen projection process provided by the embodiments of this application;
图15中的(a)-(b)为本申请实施例提供的另一组智能电视的界面示意图;(A)-(b) in FIG. 15 are schematic diagrams of the interface of another group of smart TVs provided by an embodiment of the application;
图16中的(a)-(b)为本申请实施例提供的另一组智能电视的界面示意图;(A)-(b) in FIG. 16 are schematic diagrams of the interface of another group of smart TVs provided by an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种切换音频输出设备的方法。FIG. 17 is a method for switching audio output devices according to an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Wherein, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this document is only a description of related objects The association relationship of indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" refers to two or more than two.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the present embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
投屏技术可以使得手机等终端上的音/视频等内容通过智能电视等大屏设备进行播放,从而可以利用大屏设备的大屏幕或大屏设备自有音箱的高音质等特性,分享来自终端的视频和音频等内容,提高用户使用体验。The projection screen technology can enable the audio/video content on mobile phones and other terminals to be played on large-screen devices such as smart TVs, so that the large screen of large-screen devices or the high sound quality characteristics of the large-screen device’s own speakers can be used to share from the terminal Content such as video and audio to improve user experience.
在投屏过程中,由于终端分享的音频内容可能会涉及到用户隐私,因而终端分享的音频内容通过大屏设备进行播放容易泄露用户的隐私,并且终端分享的音频内容通过大屏设备进行播放可能会打扰到他人。During the screen projection process, since the audio content shared by the terminal may involve user privacy, the audio content shared by the terminal may be played through the large-screen device, which may easily leak the user’s privacy, and the audio content shared by the terminal may be played through the large-screen device. Will disturb others.
本申请实施例提供了一种切换音频输出设备的方法,可以应用于如图1所示的通信系统10。如图1所示,该通信系统10包括源(source)端设备01和接收(sink)端设备02。在一些实施例中,如图1所示,该通信系统10还可以包括与接收端设备01连接的一个或多个外接音频设备03。该外接音频设备03可以用于播放音频。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching audio output devices, which can be applied to the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 10 includes a source device 01 and a sink device 02. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 10 may further include one or more external audio devices 03 connected to the receiving end device 01. The external audio device 03 can be used to play audio.
其中,上述源端设备与接收端设备之间可以建立无线连接。例如,源端设备与接收端设备可以接入同一无线网络,从而建立无线连接。示例性的,该同一无线网络可以是基于无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)技术,蓝牙(bluetooth,BT)技术,全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)技术,调频(frequency modulation,FM)技术,近距离无线通信(near field communication,NFC)技术,Zigbee技术,红外(infrared,IR)技术,或通用2.4G/5G频段无线通信技术等形成的通信网络。比如,源端设备和接收端设备可以接入同一Wi-Fi网络,该同一Wi-Fi网络可以是如图1所示的无线路由器04生成的Wi-Fi网络,也可以是源端设备自身生成的Wi-Fi热点。Wherein, a wireless connection can be established between the source device and the sink device. For example, the source device and the sink device can access the same wireless network to establish a wireless connection. Exemplarily, the same wireless network may be based on wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) technology, Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT) technology, and global navigation satellite system). navigation satellite system, GNSS technology, frequency modulation (FM) technology, near field communication (NFC) technology, Zigbee technology, infrared (IR) technology, or general 2.4G/5G frequency band wireless communication A communication network formed by technology, etc. For example, the source device and the sink device can access the same Wi-Fi network, and the same Wi-Fi network can be the Wi-Fi network generated by the wireless router 04 shown in Figure 1, or It can be a Wi-Fi hotspot generated by the source device itself.
再例如,源端设备与接收端设备之间可以通过P2P无线直连的方式相连接。示例性的,源端设备与接收端设备之间可以通过Wi-Fi P2P直连,或蓝牙P2P直连等方式 建立无线连接。For another example, the source device and the sink device can be connected through a P2P wireless direct connection. Exemplarily, a wireless connection can be established between the source device and the sink device through Wi-Fi P2P direct connection or Bluetooth P2P direct connection.
上述接收端设备与外接音频设备之间可以通过各种有线或无线方式相连接,例如可以通过USB、蓝牙或Wi-Fi等方式相连接。The above-mentioned receiving end device and the external audio device can be connected through various wired or wireless methods, for example, through USB, Bluetooth, or Wi-Fi.
示例性的,上述源端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本或个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等终端设备。源端设备可以具有屏幕,以便显示界面等图像信息。Exemplarily, the aforementioned source device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra mobile personal computer (ultra -Mobile personal computer (UMPC), netbook or personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other terminal devices. The source device may have a screen to display image information such as an interface.
接收端设备包括屏幕,例如可以是智能电视、智慧屏、智慧电视或电脑等设备。或者,接收端设备可以为能够展示图像画面的投影仪等设备。The receiving end device includes a screen, such as a smart TV, a smart screen, a smart TV, or a computer. Or, the receiving end device may be a device such as a projector capable of displaying images.
外接音频设备为与接收端设备相连的,具有音频播放功能的设备。例如,外接音频设备可以是智能音箱、智能冰箱或智能电灯等智能家居设备,机器人(例如扫地机器人),或不同于源端设备的手机、平板电脑或穿戴设备等各种类型的设备。The external audio device is a device with audio playback function connected to the receiving end device. For example, the external audio device can be smart home devices such as smart speakers, smart refrigerators, or smart lights, robots (such as sweeping robots), or various types of devices such as mobile phones, tablets, or wearable devices that are different from the source device.
在本申请的实施例中,源端设备可以通过与接收端设备之间的无线连接,将自身的内容分享到接收端设备上进行展示。其中,源端设备和接收端设备之间可以基于隔空播放(AirPlay)协议或数字生活网络联盟(digital living network alliance,DLNA)协议等来分享内容。In the embodiment of the present application, the source device can share its content to the sink device for display through a wireless connection with the sink device. Among them, the source device and the sink device can share content based on the AirPlay protocol or the digital living network alliance (digital living network alliance, DLNA) protocol.
源端设备的分享内容可以包括源端设备的图像、声音或文本等。例如,源端设备可以将视频、音频、图片(例如照片)、带音频的PPT或文档等内容分享到接收端设备进行展示。接收端设备可以在屏幕上显示源端设备分享内容中的图像画面,并控制分享内容中的音频在接收端设备、源端设备或外接音频设备之间切换播放。The content shared by the source device may include images, sounds, or texts of the source device. For example, the source device can share content such as video, audio, pictures (such as photos), PPT with audio, or documents to the sink device for display. The sink device can display the image in the shared content of the source device on the screen, and control the audio in the shared content to switch between the sink device, the source device or an external audio device.
在一些实施例中,接收端设备可以是具有较大屏幕的大屏设备,这样可以使得接收端设备对分享内容中的图像画面的展示效果更好。In some embodiments, the receiving end device may be a large-screen device with a larger screen, which can make the receiving end device have a better display effect on the image screen in the shared content.
其中,源端设备将内容分享到接收端设备进行展示的功能可以称为分享功能,也可以称为投屏功能、同步功能或搬移功能等。Among them, the function of the source device to share content to the sink device for display can be called a sharing function, or it can be called a screen projection function, a synchronization function, or a moving function.
以下实施例中将以该功能称为投屏功能为例进行说明。与投屏功能相对应,接收端设备也可以称为投屏设备。以下实施例中将以接收端设备称为投屏设备为例进行说明。以下实施例中,源端设备也可以简称为源端。In the following embodiments, this function is referred to as a screen projection function as an example for description. Corresponding to the screen projection function, the receiving end device can also be called a screen projection device. In the following embodiments, the receiving end device is referred to as a screen projection device as an example for description. In the following embodiments, the source end device may also be referred to as the source end for short.
在一些实施例中,源端设备在开启投屏功能后,可以将源端设备后续产生的界面分享到投屏设备上进行显示。针对源端设备开启投屏后分享的内容中的音频,投屏设备可以控制在投屏设备、源端设备或外接音频设备之间进行切换播放。也就是说,投屏设备可以控制音频通过投屏设备、源端设备或外接音频设备中的任一种进行播放。In some embodiments, after the source device starts the screen projection function, the interface generated subsequently by the source device can be shared on the screen projection device for display. Regarding the audio in the content shared after the source device turns on the screen projection, the screen projection device can be controlled to switch and play between the screen projection device, the source device or an external audio device. In other words, the projection device can control the audio to be played through any of the projection device, the source device, or the external audio device.
这样,在投屏过程中,投屏设备可以自由切换源端设备分享的音频的输出设备。在使用投屏设备播放源端设备分享的音频时,若涉及到用户隐私或可能会打扰到其他人的情况,则投屏设备可以随时切换到源端设备或离用户较近的外接音频设备进行播放,从而可以保护用户的隐私,避免对他人造成干扰。In this way, during the screen projection process, the projection device can freely switch the output device of the audio shared by the source device. When using the projection device to play the audio shared by the source device, if it involves user privacy or may disturb other people, the projection device can switch to the source device or an external audio device closer to the user at any time. Play, which can protect the privacy of users and avoid causing interference to others.
并且,在投屏过程中,投屏设备可以充分利用环境中具有不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放源端设备分享的音频,从而提高音频输出设备的选择性,提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户的音频播放体验。In addition, during the screen projection process, the projection device can make full use of external audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment to play the audio shared by the source device, thereby improving The selectivity of audio output devices improves the flexibility of audio output and improves the user's audio playback experience.
在一些实施例中,投屏设备可以是位置相对固定的电子设备。这样,投屏设备可能会与更多的外接音频设备相连,从而可以使得投屏过程中音频输出设备的选择性更多,音频输出更为灵活。In some embodiments, the screen projection device may be an electronic device with a relatively fixed position. In this way, the screen projection device may be connected to more external audio devices, which can make the audio output device more selective during the screen projection process, and the audio output is more flexible.
在一种现有技术中,源端设备可以将自身的音/视频等内容投屏到投屏设备上。源端设备可以控制投屏过程中的音频在接收端播放还是在源端设备本地播放。该种方案由于在源端设备侧进行控制,因而只能控制投屏过程中的音频在源端设备或投屏设备进行播放,音频输出的灵活性较差。In an existing technology, the source device can project its own audio/video content on the screen projection device. The source device can control whether the audio during the screen projection process is played at the sink or locally on the source device. Since this solution is controlled on the source device side, it can only control the audio during the projection process to be played on the source device or the projection device, and the flexibility of audio output is poor.
在多人投屏模式,多个源端设备可以将各自的内容分享至同一投屏设备进行展示。在多人投屏模式下,投屏设备的屏幕可以包括多个区域,以在不同区域内分别展示不同源端设备分享的内容。In the multi-person projection mode, multiple source devices can share their content to the same projection device for display. In the multi-person projection mode, the screen of the projection device may include multiple areas to display content shared by different source devices in different areas.
在多人投屏模式下,若采用现有技术,则每个源端设备需要各自在本地端分别进行控制,以选择在本地源端播放音频还是在投屏设备播放音频。若多个终端均选择在投屏设备播放音频,则投屏设备对多个源端设备对应的多路音频信号进行混音后播放,用户不易分辨来自不同源端设备的不同音频信号,用户使用体验较差。为了避免投屏设备进行混音处理,投屏设备仅能播放一路音频信号。然而,多个源端设备相互之间并不知道对方的投屏情况,因而很难进行协调,从而难以实现仅有一路音频信号在接收端播放,而其他路音频信号在源端设备播放的目的。比如,多个源端设备的用户需要相互协商,从而确定一个使用投屏设备播放音频信号的源端设备,并分别控制其他源端设备在本地播放音频。In the multi-person projection mode, if the existing technology is adopted, each source device needs to be individually controlled at the local end to choose whether to play audio at the local source or the projection device. If multiple terminals choose to play audio on the projection device, the projection device will mix and play the multiple audio signals corresponding to multiple source devices. It is difficult for the user to distinguish different audio signals from different source devices. The experience is poor. In order to prevent the projection device from performing audio mixing processing, the projection device can only play one audio signal. However, multiple source devices do not know each other’s screen projections, so it is difficult to coordinate, which makes it difficult to achieve the purpose of only one audio signal being played on the receiving end and the other audio signals being played on the source device. . For example, users of multiple source devices need to negotiate with each other to determine a source device that uses a projection device to play audio signals, and control other source devices to play audio locally.
在多人投屏模式下,采用本申请实施例提供的方法,投屏设备可以统一进行控制和协调,以分别为不同源端设备分享的音频设置对应的音频输出设备。从而,每个源端设备对应的每路音频信号,均可以有相应的音频输出设备。不同音频信号可以通过不同位置的不同音频输出设备进行播放,不同音频信号可以不在投屏设备进行混音,用户听觉体验较好。In the multi-person screen projection mode, using the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the screen projection device can be uniformly controlled and coordinated to set corresponding audio output devices for the audio shared by different source devices. Therefore, each audio signal corresponding to each source device can have a corresponding audio output device. Different audio signals can be played through different audio output devices in different locations, and different audio signals can be mixed without the projection device, and the user's hearing experience is better.
也就是说,投屏设备是投屏过程中音频输出设备的切换控制中心,以及音频流的转发控制中心。投屏设备可以将音频流转发给外接音频设备,以通外接音频设备播放音频;投屏设备也可以指示源端设备停止向投屏设备发送音频流,从而在源端设备本地播放音频。In other words, the projection device is the switching control center of the audio output device during the projection process, and the forwarding control center of the audio stream. The projection device can forward the audio stream to an external audio device to play audio through the external audio device; the projection device can also instruct the source device to stop sending the audio stream to the projection device, thereby playing audio locally on the source device.
需要说明的是,当用户将源端设备的内容分享到投屏设备上进行展示时,用户通常就是想要利用投屏设备的大屏等特性欣赏分享的内容。此时,用户可能不再使用手机,手机也可以进入锁屏或息屏等状态。投屏场景下,用户主要关注和操作的对象转移到了投屏设备。因而,将投屏设备作为投屏过程中音频输出设备的切换控制中心更为合理,更能适用于投屏场景,也更能符合投屏场景下用户的使用习惯,用户体验更好。It should be noted that when the user shares the content of the source device on the projection device for display, the user usually wants to use the large screen of the projection device to enjoy the shared content. At this time, the user may no longer use the mobile phone, and the mobile phone can also enter the lock screen or rest screen state. In the projection scene, the user's main focus and operation are transferred to the projection device. Therefore, it is more reasonable to use the screen projection device as the switching control center of the audio output device during the screen projection process, which is more suitable for the screen projection scene, and is more in line with the user's usage habits in the screen projection scene, and the user experience is better.
以下以投屏设备为智能电视为例,对投屏设备的结构进行说明。示例性的,图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种智能电视100的结构示意图。如图2所示,智能电视100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,电源管理模块140,天线,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,麦克风170C,音箱接口170B,传感器模块180,按键 190,指示器191,摄像头193,以及显示屏192等。The following takes the screen projection device as a smart TV as an example to describe the structure of the screen projection device. Exemplarily, FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the smart TV 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a power management module 140, an antenna, and a wireless communication module 160 , Audio module 170, speaker 170A, microphone 170C, speaker interface 170B, sensor module 180, buttons 190, indicator 191, camera 193, display 192 and so on.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以是智能电视100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the smart TV 100. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,和/或USB接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, and/or USB interface, etc.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对智能电视100的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,智能电视100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the smart TV 100. In other embodiments, the smart TV 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the above-mentioned embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
电源管理模块140用于连接电源。充电管理模块140还可以与处理器110、内部存储器121、显示屏194、摄像头193和无线通信模块160等连接。电源管理模块141接收电源的输入,为处理器110、内部存储器121、显示屏194、摄像头193和无线通信模块160等供电。在一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。The power management module 140 is used to connect to a power source. The charging management module 140 may also be connected to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 receives power input, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. In some embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
智能电视100的无线通信功能可以通过天线和无线通信模块160等实现。其中,无线通信模块160可以提供应用在智能电视100上的包括无线局域网(如Wi-Fi),蓝牙,GNSS,FM,NFC,IR等无线通信的解决方案。The wireless communication function of the smart TV 100 can be realized by an antenna, a wireless communication module 160, and the like. Among them, the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless communication solutions including wireless local area network (such as Wi-Fi), Bluetooth, GNSS, FM, NFC, IR, etc., which are applied to the smart TV 100.
无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,智能电视100的天线和无线通信模块160耦合,使得智能电视100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2. In some embodiments, the antenna of the smart TV 100 and the wireless communication module 160 are coupled, so that the smart TV 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
在本申请的实施例中,智能电视100可以通过无线通信模块160与源端设备建立无线连接。例如,智能电视100可以通过无线通信模块160与源端设备接入同一无线网络;或者,智能电视100可以通过无线通信模块100与源端设备P2P无线直连。从而,源端设备可以通过该无线连接将内容分享至智能电视100进行展示。In the embodiment of the present application, the smart TV 100 may establish a wireless connection with the source device through the wireless communication module 160. For example, the smart TV 100 can access the same wireless network as the source device through the wireless communication module 160; or, the smart TV 100 can be directly connected to the source device through the wireless communication module 100 in a P2P wireless direct connection. Therefore, the source device can share the content to the smart TV 100 for display through the wireless connection.
智能电视100还可以通过无线通信模块160与外接音频设备建立无线连接,以使得智能电视100可以在投屏过程中通过外接音频设备来播放源端设备分享的音频。The smart TV 100 can also establish a wireless connection with an external audio device through the wireless communication module 160, so that the smart TV 100 can play the audio shared by the source device through the external audio device during the screen projection process.
智能电视100通过GPU,显示屏192,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏192和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The smart TV 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 192, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display screen 192 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏192用于显示图像,视频等。该显示屏192包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。The display screen 192 is used to display images, videos, and the like. The display screen 192 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). emitting diode, AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
在开启投屏功能后,显示屏192可以用于显示源端设备分享的内容中的图像。例如,在开启投屏功能后,显示屏192可以用于同步显示源端设备的界面。After the screen projection function is turned on, the display screen 192 can be used to display images in the content shared by the source device. For example, after the screen projection function is turned on, the display screen 192 can be used to synchronously display the interface of the source device.
智能电视100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏192以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The smart TV 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display 192, and an application processor. The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,智能电视100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. In some embodiments, the smart TV 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当智能电视100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。智能电视100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,智能电视100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the smart TV 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point. Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The smart TV 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the smart TV 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现智能电视100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information, and it can also continuously self-learn. Through the NPU, applications such as intelligent cognition of the smart TV 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展智能电视100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the smart TV 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行智能电视100的 各种功能应用以及数据处理。例如,在本申请实施例中,处理器110可以通过执行存储在内部存储器121中的指令,内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the smart TV 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121. For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 110 may execute instructions stored in the internal memory 121, and the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
在本申请的实施例中,处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,可以实现开启/停止投屏功能,在投屏过程中控制音频输出设备的切换等功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 110 can implement functions such as starting/stopping the screen projection by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121, and controlling the switching of the audio output device during the projection process.
其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储智能电视100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the smart TV 100. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
智能电视100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,麦克风170C,音箱接口170B,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如,音乐播放,录音等。The smart TV 100 can implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a microphone 170C, a speaker interface 170B, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110. The speaker 170A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
音箱接口170B用于连接有线音箱。音箱接口170B可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The speaker interface 170B is used to connect wired speakers. The speaker interface 170B may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
在本申请的实施例中,音频模块170可以根据处理器110的控制,播放源端设备分享的音频。音箱接口170B可以用于智能电视100连接音箱等外接音频设备。智能电视100还可以通过ISB接口等连接其他外接音频设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the audio module 170 can play the audio shared by the source device according to the control of the processor 110. The speaker interface 170B can be used for connecting the smart TV 100 to an external audio device such as a speaker. The smart TV 100 can also be connected to other external audio devices through an ISB interface or the like.
传感器模块180可以包括距离传感器,接近光传感器,触摸传感器,指纹传感器,温度传感器,环境光传感器等传感器。其中,触摸传感器,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器可以设置于显示屏192,由触摸传感器与显示屏192组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给处理器110,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏192提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器也可以设置于智能电视100的表面,与显示屏192所处的位置不同。The sensor module 180 may include sensors such as a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a touch sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, and an ambient light sensor. Among them, the touch sensor is also called "touch panel". The touch sensor may be provided on the display screen 192, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor and the display screen 192, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor may transfer the detected touch operation to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 192. In other embodiments, the touch sensor may also be disposed on the surface of the smart TV 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 192.
在本申请的实施例中,触摸屏可以接收用户的触摸输入,产生与智能电视100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入,并向智能电视100发送相应的控制信号,以控制智能电视100切换音频输出设备、配置切换规则等相关功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the touch screen can receive the user's touch input, generate key signal input related to the user settings and function control of the smart TV 100, and send corresponding control signals to the smart TV 100 to control the smart TV 100 to switch Audio output devices, configuration switching rules and other related functions.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。智能电视100可以接收按键输入,产生与智能电视100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The smart TV 100 can receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the smart TV 100.
指示器191可以是指示灯,可以用于指示智能电视100处于开机状态、待机状态或者关机状态等。例如,指示灯灭灯,可指示智能电视100处于关机状态;指示灯为绿色或者蓝色,可指示智能电视100处于待机状态;指示灯为红色,可指示智能电视 100处于待机状态。The indicator 191 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate that the smart TV 100 is in a power-on state, a standby state, or a power-off state. For example, when the indicator light is off, it can indicate that the smart TV 100 is in the off state; the indicator light is green or blue, which can indicate that the smart TV 100 is in the standby state; the indicator light is red, which can indicate that the smart TV 100 is in the standby state.
通常,智能电视100会配有一遥控器,该遥控器可以作为输入设备使用。该遥控器用于控制智能电视100。该遥控器可以包括:多个按键,如电源按键、音量按键、以及其他的多个选择按键。遥控器上的按键可以是机械按键,也可以是触摸式按键。例如,遥控器可以通过红外信号等向智能电视100发送控制信号。该遥控器还可以包括电池收纳腔,用于安装电池,为遥控器供电。Generally, the smart TV 100 is equipped with a remote control, which can be used as an input device. The remote control is used to control the smart TV 100. The remote control may include multiple buttons, such as a power button, a volume button, and other multiple selection buttons. The buttons on the remote control can be mechanical buttons or touch buttons. For example, the remote controller may send a control signal to the smart TV 100 through an infrared signal or the like. The remote control may also include a battery storage cavity for installing batteries to supply power to the remote control.
智能电视100还可以连接有鼠标或键盘等输入设备。输入设备可以接收输入信号,产生与智能电视100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入,并向智能电视100发送相应的控制信号,以控制智能电视100切换音频输出设备、配置切换规则等相关功能。The smart TV 100 may also be connected with input devices such as a mouse or a keyboard. The input device can receive input signals, generate key signal inputs related to the user settings and function control of the smart TV 100, and send corresponding control signals to the smart TV 100 to control the smart TV 100 to switch audio output devices, configure switching rules, etc. Features.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对智能电视100的具体限定。其可以具有比图2中所示出的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或更多的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。例如,该电视机还可以包括音箱等部件。图2中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。It is understandable that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the smart TV 100. It may have more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 2, may combine two or more components, or may have a different component configuration. For example, the television may also include components such as speakers. The various components shown in FIG. 2 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing or application specific integrated circuits.
在本申请的实施例中,智能电视100可以基于无线通信模块160与源端设备建立无线连接,还可以基于无线通信模块160或音箱接口170B等与外接音频设备建立连接,以便通过外接音频设备源端设备分享的音频。在开启投屏后,智能电视100可以基于与源端设备之间的无线连接,展示源端设备分享的内容。显示屏192可以展示源端设备分享内容包括的图像。在投屏过程中,处理器110可以根据用户的指示或切换规则控制切换音频输出设备,从而通过智能电视100、源端设备或连接的外接音频设备来播放源端设备分享的音频,提高音频播放的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, the smart TV 100 may establish a wireless connection with the source device based on the wireless communication module 160, and may also establish a connection with an external audio device based on the wireless communication module 160 or the speaker interface 170B, so as to use the external audio device source The audio shared by the end device. After the screen projection is turned on, the smart TV 100 can display the content shared by the source device based on the wireless connection with the source device. The display screen 192 can display images included in the content shared by the source device. During the screen projection process, the processor 110 can control the switching of the audio output device according to the user's instructions or switching rules, so as to play the audio shared by the source device through the smart TV 100, the source device or the connected external audio device, and improve the audio playback Flexibility.
以下将以源端设备为手机,投屏设备为智能电视,智能电视连接有外接音频设备,外接音频设备包括智能音箱等设备为例,对本申请实施例提供的切换音频输出设备的方法进行阐述。Hereinafter, the method for switching audio output devices provided by the embodiments of the present application will be explained by taking the source device as a mobile phone, the projection device as a smart TV, the smart TV is connected with an external audio device, and the external audio device includes devices such as smart speakers.
其中,投屏模式可以有多种,例如单人投屏模式(或称一投一模式),或多人投屏模式(或称多投一模式)等。以下分别对不同场景进行具体说明。Among them, there may be multiple screen projection modes, such as a single-person screen-casting mode (or called one-shot-one mode), or a multi-person screen-casting mode (or called a multi-cast and one mode). The following is a detailed description of different scenarios.
(1)、单人投屏模式(1), single-player projection mode
在单人投屏模式下,一个源端设备可以将内容分享到投屏设备上进行展示。以手机1将分享内容投屏到智能电视上进行展示为例进行说明。In the single-player projection mode, a source device can share content to the projection device for display. Take the mobile phone 1 to project the shared content to the smart TV for display as an example for description.
手机1投屏到智能电视。手机1投屏到智能电视的方式可以有多种,以下通过举例的方式进行说明。 Mobile phone 1 cast screen to smart TV. There are many ways to project the screen of the mobile phone 1 to the smart TV, which will be explained by way of examples below.
在一些实施例中,手机1可以通过扫码开启投屏。智能电视可以显示投屏二维码,手机1扫描智能电视显示的投屏二维码以发起投屏,智能电视可以接受手机1发起的投屏。In some embodiments, the mobile phone 1 can start the screen projection by scanning the code. The smart TV can display the screen projection QR code, the mobile phone 1 scans the screen projection QR code displayed on the smart TV to initiate the screen projection, and the smart TV can accept the screen projection initiated by the mobile phone 1.
例如,智能电视可以包括投屏APP1。智能电视根据用户的指示打开投屏APP1后,可以在屏幕上显示投屏二维码。其中,用户可以通过遥控器、语音、按键或通过电视的触摸屏等多种方式指示用户打开投屏APP1。示例性的,该投屏APP1的图标可以为图3A所示的图标301,用户可以通过图3A所示的遥控器302指示打开投屏APP1, 智能电视可以显示如图3B所示的投屏二维码。For example, a smart TV may include screen projection APP1. After the smart TV opens the screen projection APP1 according to the user's instruction, it can display the screen projection QR code on the screen. Among them, the user can instruct the user to open the projection screen APP1 through various methods such as remote control, voice, keys, or through the touch screen of the TV. Exemplarily, the icon of the screen projection APP1 may be the icon 301 shown in FIG. 3A, the user can instruct to open the screen projection APP1 through the remote control 302 shown in FIG. 3A, and the smart TV can display the second screen projection shown in FIG. 3B. Dimension code.
再例如,智能电视的界面上显示有投屏控件,智能电视检测到用户通过遥控器点击该投屏控件后,显示投屏二维码。For another example, a screen projection control is displayed on the interface of a smart TV, and the smart TV displays a screen projection QR code after detecting that the user clicks the screen projection control through the remote control.
再例如,投屏二维码预设在智能电视的外表面,或者预设在智能电视的说明书上。For another example, the projection QR code is preset on the outer surface of the smart TV, or preset on the manual of the smart TV.
例如,手机1也可以包括投屏APP2,手机1根据用户的指示打开投屏APP2后,可以显示扫码界面,以扫描智能电视的投屏二维码。其中,用户可以通过手机的触摸屏、语音或按键等多种方式指示用户打开投屏APP2。示例性的,该投屏APP2的图标可以为图4A所示的图标401,手机1检测到用户点击图标401的操作后打开投屏APP2,并显示如图4B所示的投屏二维码。For example, the mobile phone 1 may also include the screen projection APP2. After the mobile phone 1 opens the screen projection APP2 according to the user's instruction, it can display a code scanning interface to scan the screen projection QR code of the smart TV. Among them, the user can instruct the user to open the screen projection APP2 through various methods such as the touch screen of the mobile phone, voice or keys. Exemplarily, the icon of the screen projection APP2 may be the icon 401 shown in FIG. 4A. After the mobile phone 1 detects the user's operation of clicking the icon 401, the screen projection APP2 is opened and displays the screen projection QR code as shown in FIG. 4B.
再例如,如图4C所示,手机1检测到用户从屏幕顶部向下滑动的操作后,显示如图4D所示的快捷面板,快捷面板上包括投屏控件402。手机1检测到用户点击投屏控件402的操作后,显示如图4B所示的扫码界面,以便扫描智能电视的投屏二维码。For another example, as shown in FIG. 4C, after the mobile phone 1 detects the user's sliding operation from the top of the screen, it displays a shortcut panel as shown in FIG. 4D, and the shortcut panel includes a projection control 402. After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has clicked on the screen projection control 402, it displays the code scanning interface as shown in FIG. 4B to scan the screen projection QR code of the smart TV.
再例如,手机1可以打开微信等APP的扫码界面,以便扫描智能电视的投屏二维码。For another example, the mobile phone 1 can open the code scanning interface of an APP such as WeChat to scan the QR code of the smart TV.
手机1扫描智能电视显示的投屏二维码后,可以与智能电视建立无线连接。例如,手机1可以与智能电视连接至同一Wi-Fi网络,或者智能电视可以连接至手机1自身开启的Wi-Fi热点,或者手机1与智能电视之间可以通过Wi-Fi P2P直连等。在无线连接建立后,手机1基于无线连接开始向智能电视投屏,以将内容分享至智能电视进行展示。手机1后续显示的界面通过投屏可以同步显示在智能电视上。After the mobile phone 1 scans the screen projection QR code displayed on the smart TV, it can establish a wireless connection with the smart TV. For example, the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV can be connected to the same Wi-Fi network, or the smart TV can be connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot opened by the mobile phone 1, or the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV can be directly connected via Wi-Fi P2P. After the wireless connection is established, the mobile phone 1 starts to project to the smart TV based on the wireless connection, so as to share the content to the smart TV for display. The subsequent display interface of the mobile phone 1 can be simultaneously displayed on the smart TV through the screen projection.
在另一些实施例中,手机1与智能电视之间建立了无线连接。手机1检测到用户从屏幕顶部向下滑动的操作后,显示快捷面板,快捷面板上包括另一投屏控件。手机1检测到用户点击另一投屏控件的操作后,扫描可投屏设备,并显示可投屏设备的列表。手机1检测到用户从可投屏设备的列表中选择智能电视的操作后,基于与智能电视之间的无线连接开始向智能电视投屏,手机1后续显示的界面通过投屏同步显示在智能电视上。In other embodiments, a wireless connection is established between the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV. After the mobile phone 1 detects the user's sliding operation from the top of the screen, it displays a shortcut panel, and the shortcut panel includes another screen projection control. After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has clicked another screen projection control, it scans for screen projection devices and displays a list of screen projection devices. After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user selects the smart TV from the list of screen-capable devices, it starts to cast to the smart TV based on the wireless connection with the smart TV, and the subsequent display interface of the mobile phone 1 is displayed on the smart TV synchronously through the screen projection. on.
示例性的,在开启投屏后,手机1和智能电视显示的界面可以参见图5A中的(a)-(b)。Exemplarily, after the screen projection is turned on, the interface displayed by the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV can be seen in (a)-(b) in FIG. 5A.
在开启投屏后,手机1随着用户的使用显示不同的界面。手机1可以基于与智能电视之间的无线连接,将界面对应的图像数据发送给智能电视,智能电视根据从手机1接收到的图像数据同步显示手机1的界面。After the screen projection is turned on, the mobile phone 1 displays a different interface as the user uses it. The mobile phone 1 can send image data corresponding to the interface to the smart TV based on the wireless connection with the smart TV, and the smart TV synchronously displays the interface of the mobile phone 1 according to the image data received from the mobile phone 1.
在其他一些实施例中,手机1可以碰一碰投屏。例如,手机1和智能电视上设置有投屏检测部件组。比如,智能电视和手机1上分别预设有NFC扫描器和NFC标签等检测器件。或者,智能电视和手机1上分别预设有霍尔器件或磁性元件等检测部件。手机1触碰智能电视的特定区域后可以快速投屏到智能电视。其中,该特定区域可以为NFC扫描器的扫描范围所覆盖的区域。In some other embodiments, the mobile phone 1 can be touched and projected. For example, the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV are provided with a projection detection component group. For example, the smart TV and the mobile phone 1 are respectively preset with detection devices such as an NFC scanner and an NFC tag. Alternatively, the smart TV and the mobile phone 1 are respectively preset with detection components such as Hall devices or magnetic elements. After the mobile phone 1 touches a specific area of the smart TV, the screen can be quickly projected to the smart TV. Wherein, the specific area may be an area covered by the scanning range of the NFC scanner.
在另一些实施例中,手机1可以触碰智能电视的遥控器后快速投屏到智能电视。或者,手机1可以触碰检测标签后快速投屏到智能电视。该检测标签可以贴到遥控器上,桌子上,茶几上或其他方便的位置。In other embodiments, the mobile phone 1 can quickly project the screen to the smart TV after touching the remote control of the smart TV. Alternatively, the mobile phone 1 can quickly screen to the smart TV after touching the detection label. The detection label can be affixed to the remote control, on the table, on the coffee table or other convenient location.
需要说明的是,智能电视同步显示手机1的界面中的“同步”,用于表示智能电 视显示的界面内容与手机1开启投屏后的界面内容相一致,而并不表示智能电视和手机1在同一时刻显示手机1的界面。It should be noted that the “synchronization” in the interface of the mobile phone 1 is displayed on the smart TV synchronously, which is used to indicate that the interface content displayed by the smart TV is consistent with the interface content after the screen projection of the mobile phone 1 is turned on, but does not mean that the smart TV and the mobile phone 1 The interface of mobile phone 1 is displayed at the same time.
示例性的,在开启投屏后,若手机1检测到用户点击主键(或称Home键)的操作,则如图5B中的(a)所示,手机1显示桌面;如图5B中的(b)所示,智能电视同步显示手机1的桌面。再示例性的,若手机1检测到用户打开视频应用的操作,则如图5C中的(a)所示,手机1显示视频画面;如图5C中的(b)所示,智能电视同步显示视频画面。可以理解的是,智能电视还可以通过投屏同步显示手机1的游戏画面,照片,PPT文稿或文本文档等内容,此处不再一一例举。Exemplarily, after the screen projection is turned on, if the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has clicked the home button (or Home button), as shown in (a) in Figure 5B, the mobile phone 1 displays the desktop; as in Figure 5B ( As shown in b), the smart TV displays the desktop of the mobile phone 1 synchronously. As another example, if the mobile phone 1 detects the user's operation to open the video application, as shown in Figure 5C (a), the mobile phone 1 displays the video screen; as shown in Figure 5C (b), the smart TV displays synchronously Video screen. It is understandable that the smart TV can also display content such as game screens, photos, PPT documents or text documents of the mobile phone 1 through screen projection, which will not be listed here.
在本申请的一些实施例中,在开启投屏后,若手机1产生待播放的音频数据,则可以将音频数据发送给智能电视。智能电视默认使用自身的音频播放器(例如自有音箱或自身集成的喇叭等)播放手机1在投屏过程中产生的音频,即播放手机1分享的音频。In some embodiments of the present application, after the screen projection is turned on, if the mobile phone 1 generates audio data to be played, the audio data can be sent to the smart TV. By default, the smart TV uses its own audio player (such as its own speakers or its own integrated speakers, etc.) to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 during the screen projection process, that is, to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1.
后续,用户可以根据场景需求,自身使用习惯,保护隐私或避免干扰他人等因素,指示智能电视切换投屏过程中音频的输出设备。智能电视可以根据用户的指示,在投屏过程中控制使用不同的音频输出设备播放手机1分享的音频。Later, the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the audio output device during the screen projection process according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protecting privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors. The smart TV can control the use of different audio output devices to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 during the screen projection process according to the user's instruction.
例如,用户可以通过智能电视的遥控器、触摸屏,或与智能电视连接的鼠标、键盘等中的任一种输入设备,指示智能电视切换音频输出设备。在一些实施例中,手机等终端设备也可以作为智能电视的遥控器使用。For example, the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the audio output device through any input device of the smart TV's remote control, touch screen, or mouse and keyboard connected to the smart TV. In some embodiments, terminal devices such as mobile phones can also be used as remote controls for smart TVs.
举例来说,用户可以按压遥控器上的预设按键1。遥控器可以将通过红外信号等向智能电视发送该预设按键1对应的控制信号。智能电视检测到遥控器发送的该控制信号后,可以显示音频切换菜单。音频切换菜单包括音频输出设备列表,用于用户为手机1分享的音频指示目标音频输出设备。举例来说,音频切换菜单可以为图6所示的菜单601。For example, the user can press the preset button 1 on the remote control. The remote controller can send the control signal corresponding to the preset button 1 to the smart TV through infrared signals or the like. After the smart TV detects the control signal sent by the remote control, it can display the audio switching menu. The audio switching menu includes an audio output device list, which is used by the user to indicate the target audio output device for the audio shared by the mobile phone 1. For example, the audio switching menu may be the menu 601 shown in FIG. 6.
再示例性的,参见图7中的(a),用户可以按压遥控器上的菜单(Menu)按键701。遥控器可以将通过红外信号等向智能电视发送Menu按键701对应的控制信号。智能电视检测到遥控器发送的该控制信号后,可以弹出图7中的(b)所示的控制菜单702,该控制菜单702包括音频切换控件703。智能电视检测到用户通过遥控器点击该音频切换控件703的操作后,可以显示图6所示的音频切换菜单601。As another example, referring to (a) in FIG. 7, the user can press the Menu button 701 on the remote control. The remote controller can send the control signal corresponding to the Menu button 701 to the smart TV through infrared signals or the like. After the smart TV detects the control signal sent by the remote control, it can pop up the control menu 702 shown in (b) in FIG. 7, and the control menu 702 includes an audio switching control 703. After the smart TV detects that the user has clicked the audio switching control 703 through the remote control, it can display the audio switching menu 601 shown in FIG. 6.
再示例性的,智能电视的屏幕为触摸屏,智能电视检测到用户在触摸屏上点击预设控件的操作后,显示音频切换菜单。As another example, the screen of the smart TV is a touch screen, and the smart TV displays an audio switching menu after detecting that the user has clicked a preset control on the touch screen.
再示例性的,智能电视检测到预设的语音指令后显示音频切换菜单。For another example, the smart TV displays the audio switching menu after detecting the preset voice instruction.
再示例性的,智能电视的摄像头检测到用户的预设手势、预设表情或预设动作后,显示音频切换菜单。As another example, after the camera of the smart TV detects the user's preset gesture, preset expression, or preset action, it displays the audio switching menu.
可以理解的是,智能电视可以通过多种触发方式来显示音频切换菜单。It is understandable that the smart TV can display the audio switching menu through a variety of triggering methods.
再例如,智能电视接收到来自手机1的音频数据后自动弹出音频切换菜单。For another example, the smart TV automatically pops up the audio switching menu after receiving the audio data from the mobile phone 1.
其中,音频切换菜单中的设备列表可以包括智能电视和源端,还可以包括智能电视的外接音频设备。该设备列表包括用于播放手机1分享的音频的当前音频输出设备(例如图6所示的加粗方框中的智能电视),以及可供用户选择切换的其他音频输出设备。Wherein, the device list in the audio switching menu may include the smart TV and the source terminal, and may also include the external audio device of the smart TV. The device list includes the current audio output device used to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 (for example, the smart TV in the bold box shown in FIG. 6), and other audio output devices that can be switched by the user.
智能电视检测到用户通过遥控器、触摸屏,或与智能电视连接的鼠标、键盘等输入设备,指示切换到音频切换菜单中的目标音频输出设备后,指示目标音频输出设备播放手机1分享的音频。After the smart TV detects that the user uses a remote control, a touch screen, or a mouse or keyboard connected to the smart TV to instruct to switch to the target audio output device in the audio switching menu, the target audio output device is instructed to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1.
例如,在投屏过程中,对于手机1分享的音频,当前音频输出设备为智能电视,参见图8中的(a)-(b),用户可以通过遥控器中的方向键801和确定键802控制智能电视选中音频切换菜单中的“源端”,即用户指示的目标音频输出设备为手机1,则智能电视指示手机1播放投屏过程中手机1分享的音频。For example, during the screen projection process, for the audio shared by the mobile phone 1, the current audio output device is a smart TV. See (a)-(b) in Figure 8. The user can use the arrow keys 801 and the OK key 802 in the remote control. Control the smart TV to select "source" in the audio switching menu, that is, the target audio output device indicated by the user is mobile phone 1, then the smart TV instructs mobile phone 1 to play the audio shared by mobile phone 1 during the screen casting process.
比如,在智能电视播放的音频内容可能涉及到用户隐私或者可能会打扰到他人等的情况下,用户可能想要使用手机1近距离播放音频或通过手机1连接的耳机聆听音频内容,因而可以指示目标音频输出设备为手机1。举例来说,待播放的音频内容可能涉及到用户隐私的场景可以包括:用户将要打电话,手机1接收到来电,手机1接收到微信语音消息,或者手机1接收到视频通话等场景。For example, in the case where the audio content played by the smart TV may involve user privacy or may disturb others, the user may want to use the mobile phone 1 to play audio at close range or listen to the audio content through the earphone connected to the mobile phone 1, and thus can instruct The target audio output device is mobile phone 1. For example, scenarios where the audio content to be played may involve user privacy may include: the user is about to make a call, the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call, the mobile phone 1 receives a WeChat voice message, or the mobile phone 1 receives a video call.
若目标音频输出设备为手机1,则智能电视可以向手机1发送控制命令,以指示手机1停止向智能电视发送音频数据,并在手机1端直接播放音频。在一些实施例中,智能电视可以基于TCP或UDP等传输协议向手机1发送控制命令1,该控制命令1的内容可以为“在源端播放音频”。手机1接收并解析控制命令1,而后停止向智能电视发送音频数据,并直接在手机1本地播放音频。If the target audio output device is the mobile phone 1, the smart TV can send a control command to the mobile phone 1 to instruct the mobile phone 1 to stop sending audio data to the smart TV, and directly play audio on the mobile phone 1. In some embodiments, the smart TV may send a control command 1 to the mobile phone 1 based on a transmission protocol such as TCP or UDP, and the content of the control command 1 may be "play audio at the source". The mobile phone 1 receives and parses the control command 1, and then stops sending audio data to the smart TV, and directly plays the audio locally on the mobile phone 1.
再示例性的,在投屏过程中,对于手机1分享的音频,当前音频输出设备为智能电视,用户指示的目标音频输出设备为外接音频设备,则智能电视可以指示外接音频设备播放手机1分享的音频。其中,智能电视的外接音频设备可以包括智能音箱,扫地机器人,手机1以外的其他手机,穿戴设备,或平板电脑等设备。不同外接音频设备的音质,音效,位置,或功耗等特性也不同,用户可以指示通过不同特性的外接音频设备来播放手机1分享的音频。For another example, during the screen projection process, for the audio shared by mobile phone 1, the current audio output device is a smart TV, and the target audio output device indicated by the user is an external audio device, then the smart TV can instruct the external audio device to play the mobile phone 1’s share Audio. Among them, the external audio device of the smart TV may include devices such as smart speakers, sweeping robots, mobile phones other than mobile phone 1, wearable devices, or tablet computers. Different external audio devices have different characteristics such as sound quality, sound effects, location, or power consumption, and the user can instruct to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 through external audio devices with different characteristics.
其中,外接音箱等外接音频设备的音质可能更好,音效模式可能更多,音频播放效果可能也更好。在看视频,看电影,或看MV等场景下,用户可能想要使用效果更好的外接音箱播放音频,则用户可以指示目标音频输出设备为外接音箱。例如,用户在看电影时,想要使用外接音箱的3D环绕音效模式来播放音频,从而提高用户观影时的视听感受,因而可以选择目标音频输出设备为外接音箱。该种情况下,智能电视可以将音频数据转发给外接音箱。外接音箱接收到该音频数据后开始播放音频。Among them, the sound quality of external audio equipment such as external speakers may be better, the sound effect modes may be more, and the audio playback effect may be better. In scenes such as watching a video, watching a movie, or watching a MV, the user may want to use a better external speaker to play audio, and the user can instruct the target audio output device to be an external speaker. For example, when a user is watching a movie, he wants to use the 3D surround sound mode of an external speaker to play audio, so as to improve the user's audiovisual experience when watching a movie. Therefore, the target audio output device can be selected as the external speaker. In this case, the smart TV can forward audio data to an external speaker. The external speaker starts to play audio after receiving the audio data.
再比如,在在智能电视播放的音频内容可能涉及到用户隐私或者可能会打扰到其他人等的情况下,用户可能想要使用距离用户较近的穿戴设备播放音频,则用户可以指示目标音频输出设备为穿戴设备。该种情况下,智能电视可以将音频数据转发给穿戴设备。穿戴设备接收到该音频数据后开始播放音频。For another example, when the audio content played on a smart TV may involve user privacy or may disturb other people, etc., the user may want to use a wearable device closer to the user to play audio, and the user can instruct the target audio output The device is a wearable device. In this case, the smart TV can forward audio data to the wearable device. The wearable device starts to play audio after receiving the audio data.
再示例性的,若当前音频输出设备为手机1,用户指示的目标音频输出设备为智能电视,则智能电视向手机1发送控制命令2。手机1接收到控制命令2后,停止播放音频,并向智能电视发送音频数据。智能电视根据音频数据播放音频。比如,在来电通话结束后用户继续看电影的场景下,用户可能想要继续使用智能电视播放投屏过程中的音频,因而可以指示目标音频输出设备为智能电视。As another example, if the current audio output device is the mobile phone 1 and the target audio output device indicated by the user is a smart TV, the smart TV sends the control command 2 to the mobile phone 1. After receiving the control command 2, the mobile phone 1 stops playing audio and sends audio data to the smart TV. The smart TV plays audio according to the audio data. For example, in a scenario where the user continues to watch a movie after the call ends, the user may want to continue to use the smart TV to play the audio during the screen casting process, and thus may indicate that the target audio output device is a smart TV.
再示例性的,若当前音频输出设备为手机1,手机1当前的电量不足,穿戴设备 或扫地机器人等外接音频设备的电量较为充足,则用户可以指示穿戴设备或扫地机器人为目标音频输出设备。智能电视根据用户的指示向手机1发送控制命令2。手机1接收到控制命令2后,停止播放音频,并向智能电视发送音频数据。智能电视将音频数据发送给穿戴设备或扫地机器人等外接音频设备。外接音频设备接收到音频数据后开始播放音频。As another example, if the current audio output device is the mobile phone 1, the current power of the mobile phone 1 is insufficient, and the power of the external audio device such as the wearable device or the cleaning robot is relatively sufficient, the user can instruct the wearable device or the cleaning robot as the target audio output device. The smart TV sends a control command 2 to the mobile phone 1 according to the user's instruction. After receiving the control command 2, the mobile phone 1 stops playing audio and sends audio data to the smart TV. Smart TVs send audio data to external audio devices such as wearable devices or sweeping robots. The external audio device starts to play audio after receiving the audio data.
再示例性的,若当前音频输出设备为外接音频设备,用户指示的目标音频输出设备为智能电视,则智能电视停止向外接音频设备发送音频数据,智能电视播放音频。As another example, if the current audio output device is an external audio device and the target audio output device indicated by the user is a smart TV, the smart TV stops sending audio data to the external audio device, and the smart TV plays audio.
再示例性的,若当前音频输出设备为外接音频设备,用户指示的目标音频输出设备为手机1,则智能电视停止向外接音频设备发送音频数据,并向手机1发送控制命令1。手机1接收到控制命令1后,停止向智能电视发送音频数据,并播放音频。As another example, if the current audio output device is an external audio device and the target audio output device indicated by the user is the mobile phone 1, the smart TV stops sending audio data to the external audio device and sends a control command 1 to the mobile phone 1. After receiving the control command 1, the mobile phone 1 stops sending audio data to the smart TV and plays audio.
这样,在投屏过程中,用户可以根据场景需求,自身使用习惯,保护隐私或避免干扰他人等因素,随时指示智能电视切换手机1分享的音频的输出设备。智能电视可以根据用户的指示实时切换使用不同的音频输出设备播放投屏过程中分享的音频,从而可以充分利用环境中不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放源端分享的音频,因而可以提高音频输出设备的选择性,提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户音频播放体验。In this way, during the screen projection process, the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the output device of the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 at any time according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protection of privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors. Smart TVs can switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared during the screen projection process in real time according to the user's instructions, so that they can make full use of different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power consumption in the environment. The audio device is used to play the audio shared by the source, which can increase the selectivity of the audio output device, increase the flexibility of the audio output, and improve the user's audio playback experience.
而且,智能电视是位置相对固定的电子设备。这样,智能电视可以与较多的外接音频设备相连,从而可以使得投屏过程中音频输出设备的选择性更多,音频输出的灵活性更高。Moreover, a smart TV is an electronic device with a relatively fixed location. In this way, the smart TV can be connected to more external audio devices, which can make the audio output device more selective and the audio output more flexible during the screen projection process.
其中,智能电视在播放手机1分享的音频时,若涉及到用户隐私或可能会打扰到其他人的情况下,则智能电视可以根据用户的指示随时切换到手机1或离用户较近的外接音频设备进行播放,从而可以保护用户的隐私,避免对他人造成干扰。Among them, when the smart TV is playing the audio shared by the mobile phone 1, if the user's privacy is involved or other people may be disturbed, the smart TV can switch to the mobile phone 1 or an external audio closer to the user at any time according to the user's instructions The device can play, so as to protect the privacy of the user and avoid causing interference to others.
根据以上描述可知,以上实施例提供的切换音频输出设备的方法的流程图可以参见图9。如图9所示,该方法可以包括:901、手机1和智能电视开始投屏。902、在开启投屏后,手机1可以将投屏过程中的视频流发送给智能电视。其中,该视频流为手机1的界面对应的图像数据流。903、智能电视根据接收到的视频流显示手机1的界面。904、在开启投屏后,手机1可以将投屏过程中的音频流发送给智能电视。905、智能电视根据接收到的音频流播放音频。906、若智能电视检测到用户指示目标音频输出设备为手机1的操作,则智能电视向手机1发送控制命令1。907、手机1根据接收到的控制命令1停止向智能电视发送音频流。908、手机1在本地播放音频。或者,该方法还包括:908、若智能电视检测到用户指示目标音频输出设备为外接音频设备的操作,则智能电视向外接音频设备转发音频流。909、外接音频设备接收到音频流后开始播放音频。According to the above description, the flowchart of the method for switching audio output devices provided in the above embodiments can be seen in FIG. 9. As shown in Fig. 9, the method may include: 901, the mobile phone 1 and the smart TV start to cast screens. 902. After the screen projection is turned on, the mobile phone 1 may send the video stream in the screen projection process to the smart TV. Wherein, the video stream is an image data stream corresponding to the interface of the mobile phone 1. 903. The smart TV displays the interface of the mobile phone 1 according to the received video stream. 904. After starting the screen projection, the mobile phone 1 may send the audio stream during the screen projection process to the smart TV. 905. The smart TV plays audio according to the received audio stream. 906. If the smart TV detects the operation of the user indicating that the target audio output device is the mobile phone 1, the smart TV sends a control command 1 to the mobile phone 1. 907. The mobile phone 1 stops sending audio streams to the smart TV according to the received control command 1. 908. Mobile phone 1 plays audio locally. Alternatively, the method further includes: 908. If the smart TV detects an operation that the user indicates that the target audio output device is an external audio device, the smart TV forwards the audio stream to the external audio device. 909. The external audio device starts to play audio after receiving the audio stream.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视在开启投屏后可以自动显示音频切换菜单,以便用户通过音频切换菜单预先设置目标音频输出设备。智能电视后续接收到来自手机1的音频数据后,可以控制使用用户预先设置的目标音频输出设备播放音频。若目标音频输出设备为智能电视或外接音频设备,则在手机1产生音频后,手机1向智能电视发送音频数据;若目标音频输出设备为手机1,则智能电视通知手机1,在手机1产生音频后,手机1不向智能电视发送音频数据,手机1在本地端播放音频。In some other embodiments, the smart TV can automatically display the audio switching menu after the screen projection is turned on, so that the user can preset the target audio output device through the audio switching menu. After the smart TV subsequently receives the audio data from the mobile phone 1, it can control to play audio using a target audio output device preset by the user. If the target audio output device is a smart TV or an external audio device, after mobile phone 1 generates audio, mobile phone 1 sends audio data to the smart TV; if the target audio output device is mobile phone 1, the smart TV informs mobile phone 1 and generates audio on mobile phone 1. After the audio, the mobile phone 1 does not send audio data to the smart TV, and the mobile phone 1 plays the audio on the local end.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视在开启投屏并接收到手机1发送的音频数据后自动显示音频切换菜单,以便用户通过音频切换菜单设置目标音频输出设备。智能电视控制使用用户指示的目标音频输出设备播放音频。In some other embodiments, the smart TV automatically displays the audio switching menu after starting the projection screen and receiving the audio data sent by the mobile phone 1, so that the user can set the target audio output device through the audio switching menu. Smart TV control uses the target audio output device instructed by the user to play audio.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视在开启投屏后使用上次投屏过程中用户指示的目标音频输出设备播放手机1分享的音频。In some other embodiments, the smart TV uses the target audio output device instructed by the user during the last screen projection to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 after starting the screen projection.
在其他一些实施例中,在开启投屏后,智能电视可以根据用户的语音指令设置或切换音频输出设备。例如,当前音频输出设备为智能电视,用户可以向智能电视说出语音指令“切换到外接音箱播放声音”,则智能电视根据用户的语音指令切换为通过外接音箱播放音频。In some other embodiments, after the screen projection is turned on, the smart TV can set or switch the audio output device according to the user's voice command. For example, if the current audio output device is a smart TV, the user can say the voice command "switch to external speaker to play sound" to the smart TV, and then the smart TV switches to play audio through the external speaker according to the user's voice command.
在其他一些实施例中,不同预设手势、预设表情或预设动作与不同的音频输出设备具有对应关系。智能电视可以通过摄像头检测用户的预设手势、预设表情或预设动作,从而通过预设手势、预设表情或预设动作对应的目标音频输出设备播放音频。In some other embodiments, different preset gestures, preset expressions, or preset actions have corresponding relationships with different audio output devices. The smart TV can detect the user's preset gestures, preset expressions, or preset actions through the camera, and play audio through the target audio output device corresponding to the preset gestures, preset expressions, or preset actions.
示例性的,智能电视通过摄像头检测到用户将遥控器向第一音箱方向挥动的动作后,将目标音频输出设备设置为第一音箱。再示例性的,当前音频输出设备为智能电视,智能电视通过摄像头检测到用户的手掌从智能电视所在方向向手机1所在方向挥动的操作后,将目标音频输出设备设置为手机1。Exemplarily, after the smart TV detects the user's motion of waving the remote control toward the first speaker through the camera, it sets the target audio output device as the first speaker. As another example, the current audio output device is a smart TV. After the smart TV detects the operation of waving the user's palm from the direction of the smart TV to the direction of the mobile phone 1 through the camera, the target audio output device is set to the mobile phone 1.
在另一些实施例中,在投屏过程中,智能电视可以根据切换规则自动切换目标音频输出设备,从而自动控制使用不同的输出设备播放手机1分享的音频。该切换规则包括触发条件和目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系。该触发条件可以包括触发时间、触发事件或触发场景等中的至少一种。这样,智能电视可以根据切换规则自动控制目标音频输出设备的切换,从而减少用户的操作,解放用户双手,提高用户使用体验。In other embodiments, during the screen projection process, the smart TV can automatically switch the target audio output device according to the switching rule, thereby automatically controlling the use of different output devices to play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1. The switching rule includes the corresponding relationship between the trigger condition and the target audio output device. The trigger condition may include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scene. In this way, the smart TV can automatically control the switching of the target audio output device according to the switching rule, thereby reducing the user's operation, freeing the user's hands, and improving the user's experience.
其中,该切换规则可以是出厂时预置在智能电视中的,也可以是用户设置的,还可以是智能电视从手机1或其他设备接收获得的。Wherein, the switching rule may be preset in the smart TV at the factory, or set by the user, or may be received by the smart TV from the mobile phone 1 or other devices.
在一些技术方案中,智能电视启用的切换规则仅对本次投屏过程有效,本次投屏结束后智能电视自动停止启用该切换规则。智能电视再次开启投屏后,需要用户重新启用切换规则,从而根据本次启用的切换规则自动切换投屏对应的目标音频输出设备。In some technical solutions, the switching rule enabled by the smart TV is only valid for this screen projection process, and the smart TV automatically stops enabling the switching rule after this screen projection is completed. After the smart TV turns on the screen projection again, the user needs to re-enable the switching rule, so as to automatically switch the target audio output device corresponding to the screen projection according to the switching rule enabled this time.
在另一些技术方案中,若用户未指示停止启用切换规则,则已启用的切换规则在多次投屏过程中持续有效。智能电视在开启投屏后,若存在未停止启用的切换规则,则继续根据该切换规则自动切换投屏对应的目标音频输出设备。这样,在智能电视启动一次切换规则后,后续的每次投屏过程均可以自动进行目标音频输出设备的切换控制,因而可以节省用户的启动控制操作,简化控制流程,提高用户使用体验。In other technical solutions, if the user does not instruct to stop enabling the switching rule, the enabled switching rule will continue to be effective during multiple screen projections. After the screen projection is turned on, the smart TV continues to automatically switch the target audio output device corresponding to the screen projection according to the switching rule that has not stopped being activated. In this way, after the smart TV starts the switching rule once, the target audio output device switching control can be automatically performed in each subsequent screen projection process, which can save the user's startup control operation, simplify the control process, and improve the user experience.
智能电视在开启投屏后,若不存在切换规则或者不存在已启用的切换规则,则在一些技术方案中,智能电视默认采用智能电视播放音频,后续在检测到用户设置或启用切换规则后,再根据切换规则切换目标音频输出设备。After the smart TV is turned on, if there are no switching rules or no enabled switching rules, in some technical solutions, the smart TV uses the smart TV to play audio by default, and subsequently after detecting the user settings or enabling the switching rules, Then switch the target audio output device according to the switching rule.
智能电视在开启投屏后,若存在已启用的切换规则,则使用该切换规则自动切换目标音频输出设备。若已启用的切换规则不适用当前场景,则用户可以设置一个新的切换规则或者切换为启用另一个切换规则。After the smart TV is turned on for screen projection, if there is an enabled switching rule, the target audio output device will be automatically switched using the switching rule. If the enabled switching rule does not apply to the current scenario, the user can set a new switching rule or switch to enable another switching rule.
其中,用户设置切换规则或者切换已启用的切换规则的方式可以有多种。Among them, there may be multiple ways for the user to set the switching rule or to switch the enabled switching rule.
例如,用户可以通过智能电视的遥控器、触摸屏,或与智能电视连接的鼠标、键 盘等输入设备,指示智能电视显示规则设置菜单或规则列表。该规则设置菜单可以用于用户设置切换规则,该规则列表包括已有切换规则的控件,可以用于用户启用、停止启用或查看已有的切换规则。For example, the user can instruct the smart TV to display the rule setting menu or rule list through the remote control, touch screen of the smart TV, or input devices such as a mouse or keyboard connected to the smart TV. The rule setting menu can be used for the user to set the switching rule. The rule list includes the controls of the existing switching rule, and can be used for the user to enable, stop enabling or view the existing switching rule.
示例性的,智能设备可以采用以上实施例描述的方式显示控制菜单。如图10中的(a)所示,控制菜单1001包括规则设置控件1002。智能电视检测到用户选中规则设置控件1002的操作后,可以显示规则设置菜单,以便用户通过规则设置菜单1003设置切换规则。Exemplarily, the smart device may display the control menu in the manner described in the above embodiment. As shown in (a) of FIG. 10, the control menu 1001 includes a rule setting control 1002. After the smart TV detects that the user selects the rule setting control 1002, it can display the rule setting menu so that the user can set the switching rule through the rule setting menu 1003.
其中,切换规则可以根据触发时间、触发事件或触发场景等因素,规定切换为不同的目标音频输出设备。Among them, the switching rule may specify switching to different target audio output devices according to factors such as trigger time, trigger event, or trigger scene.
例如,用户的手机1投屏到家里的智能电视上,12:00-13:00期间为家人的午休时间。为避免打扰到家人,切换规则规定的目标音频输出设备可以在12:00由智能电视切换为手机1,在13:00切换回智能电视。For example, the user’s mobile phone 1 is screened onto the smart TV at home, and the family’s lunch break is between 12:00 and 13:00. To avoid disturbing family members, the target audio output device specified in the switching rules can be switched from smart TV to mobile phone 1 at 12:00 and back to smart TV at 13:00.
再例如,用户的手机1投屏到家里的智能电视上,晚上19:00开始为新闻联播播放时间,切换规则规定的目标音频输出设备可以在19:00切换为智能电视。For another example, the user's mobile phone 1 casts a screen to the smart TV at home, and the broadcast time of news broadcast starts at 19:00 in the evening, and the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV at 19:00.
再例如,切换规则可以与手机1的闹钟应用相关联,并以闹钟应用设定的时间点为触发时间来切换目标音频输出设备。比如,用户的手机1投屏到办公室的智能电视上,闹钟应用设定早上08:30-09:00为投屏会议,切换规则规定的目标音频输出设备可以在早上08:30切换为智能电视,并在早上09:00切换到手机1。再比如,用户的手机1投屏到家里的智能电视上,闹钟应用设定19:30-20:00为写作业时间,切换规则规定的目标音频输出设备可以在19:30切换为手机1,并在晚上20:00切换为智能电视。再比如,用户的手机1投屏到家里的智能电视上,闹钟应用设定20:00-20:30为家庭娱乐时间,切换规则规定的目标音频输出设备可以在20:00切换为智能电视。For another example, the switching rule may be associated with the alarm clock application of the mobile phone 1, and the target audio output device is switched with the time point set by the alarm clock application as the trigger time. For example, if the user's mobile phone 1 casts a screen to the smart TV in the office, the alarm clock application sets 08:30-09:00 in the morning as the screen-casting meeting, and the target audio output device specified in the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV at 08:30 in the morning , And switch to mobile phone 1 at 09:00 in the morning. For another example, if the user’s mobile phone 1 is projected to the smart TV at home, the alarm clock application sets 19:30-20:00 as the writing time, and the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to mobile phone 1 at 19:30. And switch to smart TV at 20:00 in the evening. For another example, the user's mobile phone 1 casts a screen to the smart TV at home, the alarm clock application sets 20:00-20:30 as home entertainment time, and the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV at 20:00.
其中,触发事件可以由智能电视来检测,也可以由手机1识别后通知给智能电视。例如,若智能电视检测到来电,视频通话或语音消息(例如微信语音消息)等触发事件,则待播放语音可能涉及用户隐私,待播放语音可能涉及用户隐私,因而切换规则根据触发事件规定的目标音频输出设备可以切换为手机1,从而通过用户手中的手机1或者通过手机1连接的耳机(例如有线耳机或蓝牙耳机等)播放音频。或者,若手机1检测到来电、视频通话或语音消息等触发事件,则可以通知智能电视;智能电视接收到手机1的通知后根据切换规则将目标音频输出设备切换为手机1。Among them, the trigger event can be detected by the smart TV, or it can be notified to the smart TV after being recognized by the mobile phone 1. For example, if a smart TV detects a trigger event such as an incoming call, a video call, or a voice message (such as WeChat voice message), the voice to be played may involve user privacy, and the voice to be played may involve user privacy. Therefore, the switching rule is based on the target specified by the trigger event The audio output device can be switched to the mobile phone 1, so that audio can be played through the mobile phone 1 in the user's hand or the earphone connected via the mobile phone 1 (for example, a wired earphone or a Bluetooth earphone, etc.). Alternatively, if the mobile phone 1 detects a trigger event such as an incoming call, a video call or a voice message, it can notify the smart TV; after receiving the notification from the mobile phone 1, the smart TV switches the target audio output device to the mobile phone 1 according to the switching rule.
再例如,若智能电视检测到来电、视频通话或语音消息等触发事件,则待播放语音可能涉及用户隐私,因而切换规则根据触发事件规定的目标音频输出设备可以切换为穿戴设备。For another example, if a smart TV detects a trigger event such as an incoming call, a video call, or a voice message, the voice to be played may involve user privacy. Therefore, the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to a wearable device according to the trigger event.
再例如,若智能电视检测到来电结束,视频通话结束,或语音消息已播放等触发事件,则切换规则根据触发事件规定的目标音频输出设备可以切换为智能电视,以便通过智能电视播放后续投屏过程中的音频。For another example, if the smart TV detects a trigger event such as the end of the incoming call, the end of the video call, or the voice message has been played, the target audio output device specified by the switching rule can be switched to the smart TV according to the trigger event, so that the smart TV can play subsequent screencasts. Audio in process.
再例如,若智能电视的摄像头识别到当前为有家人在工作或者有儿童在写作业等触发场景,则切换规则根据触发场景规定的目标音频输出设备可以切换为手机1。For another example, if the camera of the smart TV recognizes that there is a triggering scene such as a family at work or a child writing homework, the switching rule may switch to the mobile phone 1 according to the target audio output device specified by the triggering scene.
在一些实施例中,事件触发方式或场景触发方式的优先级可以高于时间触发方式,智能电视可以优先根据事件触发或场景触发对应的目标音频输出设备播放手机1分享 的音频。In some embodiments, the priority of the event trigger mode or the scene trigger mode may be higher than the time trigger mode, and the smart TV may preferentially play the audio shared by the mobile phone 1 according to the target audio output device corresponding to the event trigger or the scene trigger.
举例来说,上述规则设置菜单可以为图10中的(b)所示的菜单1003。用户可以在规则设置菜单的第一列设置触发方式为时间、事件或场景。智能电视在确定满足切换规则中规定的触发条件(或称触发节点)时,切换到对应的目标音频输出设备来播放投屏过程中产生的音频。For example, the aforementioned rule setting menu may be the menu 1003 shown in (b) of FIG. 10. The user can set the trigger mode as time, event or scene in the first column of the rule setting menu. When the smart TV determines that the trigger condition (or trigger node) specified in the switching rule is satisfied, it switches to the corresponding target audio output device to play the audio generated in the screen projection process.
对于时间触发方式来说,用户可以设置作为触发条件的触发时间,以及触发时间到来时触发切换的目标音频输出设备。For the time trigger mode, the user can set the trigger time as the trigger condition and the target audio output device that triggers the switch when the trigger time arrives.
对于事件触发方式来说,用户可以设置作为触发条件的触发事件,以及触发事件触发切换的目标音频输出设备。示例性的,如图10中的(b)所示,智能电视检测到用户选中控件1000后,可以弹出触发事件的列表以供用户选择。例如,触发事件的列表中包括来电结束、来电和视频通话等事件。或者,用户也可以通过遥控器或键盘等输入设备在控件1000中输入触发事件。For the event trigger mode, the user can set the trigger event as the trigger condition and the target audio output device for the trigger event to trigger the switch. Exemplarily, as shown in (b) of FIG. 10, after the smart TV detects that the user selects the control 1000, it may pop up a list of trigger events for the user to select. For example, the list of trigger events includes events such as the end of an incoming call, an incoming call, and a video call. Alternatively, the user can also input a trigger event in the control 1000 through an input device such as a remote control or a keyboard.
在一些实施例中,来电和视频通话可以统称为通话。触发事件可以为检测到通话事件或通话结束事件。切换规则规定的检测到通话事件对应的目标音频输出设备可以为源端;切换规则规定的通话结束事件对应的目标音频输出设备可以为智能电视。In some embodiments, incoming calls and video calls can be collectively referred to as calls. The trigger event can be a call event detected or a call end event. The target audio output device corresponding to the detected call event specified in the switching rule may be the source end; the target audio output device corresponding to the call end event specified in the switching rule may be a smart TV.
对于场景触发方式来说,用户可以设置作为触发条件的触发场景,以及触发场景触发切换的目标音频输出设备。For the scene trigger mode, the user can set the trigger scene as the trigger condition and the target audio output device that triggers the scene to trigger the switch.
此外,如图10中的(a)所示,控制菜单1001还包括规则列表1004。规则列表1004包括已有切换规则的规则控件1005。在一些实施例中,在该规则列表中,当前已启用的规则控件上显示有启用标记,便于提示用户当前使用的切换规则。举例来说,启用标记可以为图10中的(a)所示的对勾。In addition, as shown in (a) of FIG. 10, the control menu 1001 also includes a rule list 1004. The rule list 1004 includes rule controls 1005 that have switching rules. In some embodiments, in the rule list, an enable mark is displayed on the currently enabled rule control to facilitate prompting the user of the switching rule currently used. For example, the activation mark may be a check mark shown in (a) in FIG. 10.
智能电视检测到用户选中规则列表1004中的规则控件1005的操作后,可以显示该规则控件1005对应的规则查看菜单,以便用户查看该切换规则的具体内容。举例来说,规则查看菜单可以为图10中的(c)所示的菜单1006。规则查看菜单1006可以包括启用控件,停止启用控件,编辑控件,或返回控件等便于用户操作的控件。After the smart TV detects that the user selects the rule control 1005 in the rule list 1004, it can display the rule view menu corresponding to the rule control 1005 so that the user can view the specific content of the switching rule. For example, the rule viewing menu may be the menu 1006 shown in (c) in FIG. 10. The rule view menu 1006 may include controls that are convenient for user operations, such as enabling controls, stopping enabling controls, editing controls, or returning controls.
在一些实施例中,多个切换规则指示的目标音频输出设备可能会发生冲突。在用户启用多个切换规则的情况下,为避免不同切换规则指示的目标音频输出设备发生冲突,智能电视可以通过显示提示信息或语音提示等方式提示用户更换切换规则。In some embodiments, the target audio output devices indicated by multiple switching rules may conflict. In the case where the user activates multiple switching rules, in order to avoid conflicts between target audio output devices indicated by different switching rules, the smart TV may prompt the user to change the switching rules by displaying prompt messages or voice prompts.
在其他一些技术方案中,智能电视在开启投屏后自动显示控制菜单,以便用户启用/停止启用或设置切换规则。后续在手机1产生音频后,智能电视可以根据启用的切换规则切换使用不同的音频输出设备。在手机1产生音频后,若目标音频输出设备为智能电视或外接音频设备,则手机1向智能电视发送音频数据;若目标音频输出设备为手机1,则手机1不向智能电视发送音频数据,手机1自身播放音频。In some other technical solutions, the smart TV automatically displays the control menu after the screen projection is turned on, so that the user can enable/stop the activation or set the switching rule. After the audio is generated on the mobile phone 1 subsequently, the smart TV can switch to use different audio output devices according to the enabled switching rules. After mobile phone 1 generates audio, if the target audio output device is a smart TV or an external audio device, mobile phone 1 sends audio data to the smart TV; if the target audio output device is mobile phone 1, mobile phone 1 does not send audio data to the smart TV. The mobile phone 1 plays audio by itself.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视在开启投屏并接收到手机1发送的音频数据后自动显示控制菜单,以便用户启用/停止启用或设置切换规则。智能电视通过切换规则确定的目标音频输出设备播放音频。In some other embodiments, the smart TV automatically displays the control menu after starting the screen projection and receiving the audio data sent by the mobile phone 1, so that the user can enable/stop the activation or set the switching rule. The smart TV plays audio through the target audio output device determined by the switching rule.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视可以根据用户的语音指令设置切换规则,或者切换已启用的切换规则。In some other embodiments, the smart TV can set the switching rule according to the user's voice instruction, or switch the switched rule that has been enabled.
在另一些实施例中,用户指示目标音频输出设备与切换规则可以结合使用。若智 能电视检测到用户指示了目标音频输出设备后,又检测到用户启用了切换规则,则智能电视通过切换规则确定的目标音频输出设备播放音频。In other embodiments, the user instructs the target audio output device and the switching rule to be used in combination. If the smart TV detects that the user has instructed the target audio output device and then detects that the user has enabled the switching rule, the smart TV will play audio through the target audio output device determined by the switching rule.
若智能电视存在已启用的切换规则,而后又检测到用户指示目标音频输出设备的操作,则智能电视使用用户指示的目标音频输出设备输出音频。此外,智能电视还可以包括自动控件,自动控件可以位于智能电视的投屏界面上也可以位于控制菜单中。智能电视检测到用户点击自动控件的操作后,恢复按照切换规则自动切换目标音频输出设备。If the smart TV has an enabled switching rule and then detects the operation of the user instructing the target audio output device, the smart TV uses the target audio output device instructed by the user to output audio. In addition, the smart TV may also include automatic controls, and the automatic controls may be located on the screen projection interface of the smart TV or in the control menu. After the smart TV detects the user's operation of clicking the automatic control, it resumes automatically switching the target audio output device according to the switching rule.
(2)、多人投屏模式(2) Multiplayer projection mode
在多人投屏模式下,多个源端设备可以将分享的内容投屏到同一个投屏设备上进行展示。例如,在多人游戏场景下,多个游戏用户将游戏界面投屏到同一投屏设备上。再例如,在投屏会议场景下,会议内容涉及到多个源端设备投屏的PPT、文档、图片或对比设计方案等,多个源端设备投屏同一投屏设备上进行展示。再例如,在家庭场景下,家长与儿童分别将不同源端设备上的电影和动画片投屏到同一投屏设备上进行观看。In the multi-person projection mode, multiple source devices can project the shared content to the same projection device for display. For example, in a multiplayer game scenario, multiple game users project the game interface to the same screen projection device. For another example, in a screencasting conference scenario, the content of the conference involves PPT, documents, pictures, or comparison design schemes projected by multiple source-end devices, and multiple source-end devices are projected on the same screen-casting device for display. For another example, in a family scenario, parents and children respectively cast movies and cartoons from different source devices to the same screen projection device for viewing.
以下将以手机1和手机2分别将分享的内容投屏到智能电视上进行展示为例进行说明。The following will take the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 to project the shared content to the smart TV for display as an example.
在多人投屏模式下,手机1和手机2均可以投屏到同一个智能电视上,以共享智能电视的大屏资源。智能电视的屏幕可以划分为多个投屏区域,不同投屏区域分别用于显示不同手机投屏的界面。投屏区域的划分方式可以有多种。In the multi-person projection mode, both mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 can project to the same smart TV to share the large-screen resources of the smart TV. The screen of a smart TV can be divided into multiple projection areas, and different projection areas are used to display different screen projection interfaces of different mobile phones. There are many ways to divide the projection area.
示例性的,参见图11中的(a)-(e),投屏区域可以为上/下格局,左/右格局,左/中/右格局,四方格格局,或九宫格格局等。可以理解的是,智能电视也可以采用其他方式同时展示多个手机的投屏界面,例如采用画中画或悬浮窗等等多种方式。Exemplarily, referring to (a)-(e) in FIG. 11, the projection area may be up/down pattern, left/right pattern, left/middle/right pattern, four-square pattern, or nine-square pattern, etc. It is understandable that the smart TV can also use other methods to display the screen projection interfaces of multiple mobile phones at the same time, for example, using picture-in-picture or floating windows.
例如,手机1可以采用以上实施例描述方式投屏到智能电视。手机2也可以采用以上实施例描述的方式投屏到智能电视。手机1和手机2可以同时或先后投屏到智能电视上。For example, the mobile phone 1 can use the method described in the above embodiment to project a screen to a smart TV. The mobile phone 2 can also be screened to a smart TV in the manner described in the above embodiment. Mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 can be screened to the smart TV at the same time or successively.
再例如,智能电视可以采用以上实施例描述的方式显示投屏二维码。该投屏二维码可以如图12A所示,手机1通过扫码先投屏到智能电视。参见图12B,智能电视在屏幕左边的第一投屏区域显示手机1的投屏界面,该第一投屏区域为手机1对应的投屏窗口;并在右边的第二投屏区域显示投屏二维码。手机2通过扫描图12B所示的投屏二维码投屏到智能电视。参见图12C,智能电视屏幕右边的第二投屏区域为手机2对应的投屏窗口,用于显示手机2的投屏界面。For another example, a smart TV can display the projection screen QR code in the manner described in the above embodiment. The screen projection two-dimensional code may be as shown in FIG. 12A, and the mobile phone 1 first projects the screen to the smart TV by scanning the code. Referring to Figure 12B, the smart TV displays the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 1 in the first projection area on the left side of the screen, and the first projection area is the projection window corresponding to the mobile phone 1; and displays the projection screen in the second projection area on the right. QR code. The mobile phone 2 scans the screen projection QR code shown in FIG. 12B to project the screen to the smart TV. Referring to FIG. 12C, the second screen projection area on the right side of the smart TV screen is the screen projection window corresponding to the mobile phone 2 for displaying the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 2.
在一些实施例中,投屏区域与源端的对应关系可以相互切换。例如,在图12C所示情况下,智能电视可以根据用户的语音指令切换为在屏幕左边的第一投屏区域显示手机2的投屏界面,在屏幕右边的第二投屏区域显示手机1的投屏界面。In some embodiments, the correspondence between the projection area and the source can be switched. For example, in the case shown in Figure 12C, the smart TV can be switched to display the screen of mobile phone 2 in the first screen area on the left of the screen, and display the screen of mobile phone 1 in the second screen area on the right of the screen according to the user's voice command. Screen projection interface.
再例如,如图12C所示,智能电视的界面上显示有区域切换控件1201。智能电视检测到用户点击区域切换控件1201的操作后,切换为在屏幕左边的第一投屏区域显示手机2的投屏界面,在屏幕右边的第二投屏区域显示手机1的投屏界面。For another example, as shown in FIG. 12C, a zone switching control 1201 is displayed on the interface of the smart TV. After the smart TV detects that the user clicks on the area switching control 1201, it switches to display the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 2 in the first projection area on the left side of the screen, and display the screen projection interface of the mobile phone 1 in the second projection area on the right side of the screen.
在一些实施例中,智能电视和手机可以提供一投一或多投一等多种不同的投屏模式,以便用户在开启投屏时选择进入相应的模式。示例性的,参见图13,智能电视显 示的投屏二维码包括一投一模式的投屏二维码和多投一模式的投屏二维码,用户可以选择扫描不同的投屏二维码,从而进入不同的投屏模式。In some embodiments, smart TVs and mobile phones may provide multiple different screen projection modes such as one-shot, one-shot or one-shot, so that the user can choose to enter the corresponding mode when the screen is turned on. Exemplarily, referring to Fig. 13, the projection QR code displayed on the smart TV includes a projection QR code with one projection and one mode and a projection QR code with multiple projection and one mode. The user can choose to scan different projection QR codes. Code to enter different projection modes.
其中,多人投屏模式下音频输出设备的切换方法与单人投屏模式下类似,以下主要对不同之处予以说明。Among them, the switching method of the audio output device in the multi-person projection mode is similar to that in the single-person projection mode, and the differences are mainly explained below.
在多人投屏模式下,智能电视可以根据用户的指示,分别选择手机1的目标音频输出设备1和/或手机2的目标音频输出设备2。用户还可以根据场景需求,自身使用习惯,保护隐私或避免干扰他人等因素,随时指示智能电视切换手机1和/或手机2的音频的输出设备。In the multi-person projection mode, the smart TV can select the target audio output device 1 of the mobile phone 1 and/or the target audio output device 2 of the mobile phone 2 according to the user's instructions. The user can also instruct the smart TV to switch the audio output device of the mobile phone 1 and/or the mobile phone 2 at any time according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protecting privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors.
在多人投屏模式下,与单人投屏模式下类似,目标音频输出设备1可以为智能电视、源端的手机1或智能电视的外接音频设备;目标音频输出设备2可以为智能电视、源端的手机1或智能电视的外接音频设备。智能电视可以根据用户的指示,控制目标音频输出设备1播放手机1在投屏过程中产生的音频,控制目标音频输出设备2播放手机2在投屏过程中产生的音频。In the multi-person projection mode, similar to the single-person projection mode, the target audio output device 1 can be a smart TV, the source mobile phone 1 or an external audio device of the smart TV; the target audio output device 2 can be a smart TV, a source The external audio equipment of the mobile phone 1 or smart TV at the end. The smart TV can control the target audio output device 1 to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 during the screen projection process, and control the target audio output device 2 to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 2 during the screen projection process according to the user's instruction.
示例性的,用户A和用户B分别通过手机1和手机2投屏到智能电视上打游戏。智能电视可以显示如图14中的(a)所示的投屏界面1401和投屏界面1402。Exemplarily, user A and user B use mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to cast screens to a smart TV to play games. The smart TV can display the screen projection interface 1401 and the screen projection interface 1402 as shown in (a) of FIG. 14.
其中,用户A和用户B分别玩不同的游戏,或者用户A和用户B加入了同一游戏的不同战队,此时手机1和手机2产生的音频具有不同的内容。智能电视可以默认通过自身的音频播放器件来播放手机1和手机2投屏过程中产生的音频。这样,用户A和用户B的游戏声音在智能电视端发生混频,用户听觉体验较差。Among them, the user A and the user B play different games, or the user A and the user B join different teams of the same game, and the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 have different contents. The smart TV can play the audio generated during the screen projection of the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 through its own audio playback device by default. In this way, the game sounds of user A and user B are mixed on the smart TV, and the user's hearing experience is poor.
为提高用户听觉体验,用户可以指示采用不同的目标音频输出设备来播放手机1和手机2分别产生的音频。例如,用户可以使用音频切换菜单设置手机1这一路音频信号对应的目标音频输出设备为靠近用户A的外接音箱A;并设置手机2这一路音频信号对应的目标音频输出设备为靠近用户B的外接音箱B。In order to improve the user's hearing experience, the user may instruct to use different target audio output devices to play the audio generated by the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 respectively. For example, the user can use the audio switching menu to set the target audio output device corresponding to the audio signal of mobile phone 1 to the external speaker A close to user A; and set the target audio output device corresponding to the audio signal of mobile phone 2 to the external speaker A close to user B Speaker B.
其中,智能电视可以采用以上实施例描述的方法显示如图14中的(b)所示的音频切换菜单1403,用户可以基于音频切换菜单1403设置手机1和/或手机2分别对应的目标音频输出设备。The smart TV can use the method described in the above embodiment to display the audio switching menu 1403 as shown in (b) in Figure 14, and the user can set the target audio output corresponding to the mobile phone 1 and/or the mobile phone 2 based on the audio switching menu 1403. equipment.
在图14中的(b)所示的音频切换菜单1403中,音频线路X:Y中的Y表示多人投屏模式下的源端数量,即音频线路的数量,每个源端设备对应一条音频线路;X表示当前对应的一个源端及音频线路的标号。源端和音频线路可以按照预设的顺序进行编号。In the audio switching menu 1403 shown in (b) in Figure 14, the audio line X: Y in Y represents the number of sources in the multi-person projection mode, that is, the number of audio lines, each source device corresponds to one Audio line; X represents the label of a corresponding source and audio line. The source and audio lines can be numbered in a preset order.
在一些实施例中,源端/音频线路可以按照投屏的先后顺序进行编号。例如,先投屏到智能电视的手机1及其音频线路(例如第一音频)对应1:2;后投屏到智能电视的手机2及其音频线路(例如第二音频)对应2:2。In some embodiments, the source/audio lines may be numbered according to the sequence of screen projection. For example, the mobile phone 1 and its audio line (such as the first audio) that first projected to the smart TV corresponds to 1:2; the mobile phone 2 and its audio line (such as the second audio) which projected to the smart TV later corresponds to 2:2.
在另一些实施例中,源端和音频线路按照投屏区域的位置进行编号。例如,左边的投屏区域对应的手机1及其音频线路对应1:2;右边的投屏区域对应的手机2及其音频线路对应2:2。In other embodiments, the source and audio lines are numbered according to the position of the projection area. For example, the mobile phone 1 and its audio line corresponding to the projection area on the left correspond to 1:2; the mobile phone 2 and its audio line corresponding to the projection area on the right correspond to 2:2.
基于图14中的(b)所示的用户设置,手机1和手机2对应的投屏场景示意图可以参见图14中的(c)。Based on the user settings shown in (b) in FIG. 14, the screen projection scene diagram corresponding to the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 can be seen in (c) in FIG. 14.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视可以获知投屏源端的设备信息,例如设备类型或 型号等。智能电视可以根据用户的指示显示音频切换菜单,音频切换菜单上显示有多个源端设备的设备信息。用户可以根据该设备信息,设置一个或多个源端设备对应的目标音频输出设备。In some other embodiments, the smart TV can learn the device information of the screen projection source, such as the device type or model. The smart TV can display an audio switching menu according to the user's instructions, and the audio switching menu displays device information of multiple source devices. The user can set one or more target audio output devices corresponding to the source device according to the device information.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视还可以根据用户的不同指示,设置不同源端设备的目标音频输出设备。例如,智能电视检测到用户通过遥控器选中第一投屏区域的操作后显示相应的界面,以便用户设置第一投屏区域对应的源端设备的目标音频输出设备。智能电视检测到用户通过遥控器选中第二投屏区域的操作后显示相应的界面,以便用户设置第二投屏区域对应的源端设备的目标音频输出设备。In some other embodiments, the smart TV can also set target audio output devices of different source devices according to different instructions from the user. For example, the smart TV detects that the user selects the first projection area through the remote control and displays a corresponding interface, so that the user can set the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the first projection area. The smart TV detects that the user selects the second projection area through the remote control and displays a corresponding interface so that the user can set the target audio output device of the source device corresponding to the second projection area.
再示例性的,家长和儿童分别通过手机1和手机2投屏到智能电视上看电影和动画片。智能电视可以根据用户的指示,在本地播放手机2对应的动画片的音频;并控制手机1在源端播放手机1对应的电影的音频,家长可以通过与手机1连接的耳机聆听电影的音频内容。Illustratively again, parents and children use mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to cast screens to watch movies and cartoons on a smart TV. The smart TV can play the audio of the cartoon corresponding to the mobile phone 2 locally according to the user's instruction; and control the mobile phone 1 to play the audio of the movie corresponding to the mobile phone 1 at the source end. Parents can listen to the audio content of the movie through the earphone connected to the mobile phone 1 .
再示例性的,用户A和用户B分别通过手机1和手机2投屏到智能电视上看MV和学习视频。智能电视可以根据用户的指示,控制智能电视通过高音质的外接音箱播放手机1对应的MV的音频,控制手机2在源端播放手机2对应的学习视频的音频,用户B可以通过与手机2连接的耳机聆听学习视频的音频内容。Illustratively again, user A and user B use mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to cast screens to watch MVs and learn videos on a smart TV, respectively. The smart TV can control the smart TV to play the audio of the MV corresponding to mobile phone 1 through high-quality external speakers according to the user's instructions, and control mobile phone 2 to play the audio of the learning video corresponding to mobile phone 2 at the source end. User B can connect to mobile phone 2 through Headphones to listen to the audio content of the learning video.
再示例性的,用户A和用户B分别通过手机1和手机2投屏到智能电视上看学习视频。智能电视可以根据用户的指示,控制手机1和手机2分别在源端播放音频,用户A和用户B分别通过与手机1和手机2连接的耳机聆听学习视频的音频内容,避免相互干扰。As another example, the user A and the user B use the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 to cast screens to the smart TV to watch the learning video. The smart TV can control mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to play audio at the source according to the user's instructions. User A and user B listen to the audio content of the learning video through headphones connected to mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 to avoid mutual interference.
在其他一些实施例中,智能电视也可以根据用户语音指令或预设手势等,分别设置或切换手机1和/或手机2的目标音频输出设备。In some other embodiments, the smart TV can also set or switch the target audio output device of the mobile phone 1 and/or the mobile phone 2 respectively according to the user's voice instructions or preset gestures.
这样,在投屏过程中,用户可以根据场景需求,自身使用习惯,保护隐私或避免干扰他人等因素,随时指示智能电视切换手机1和手机2的目标音频输出设备。智能电视可以根据用户的指示实时切换使用不同的目标音频输出设备播放投屏过程中不同源端分享的音频,统一控制不同源端对应的目标音频输出设备,从而可以充分利用环境中不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放手机分享的音频,因而可以提高音频输出设备的选择性,提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户音频播放体验。In this way, during the screen projection process, the user can instruct the smart TV to switch the target audio output device of the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 at any time according to the needs of the scene, their own usage habits, protection of privacy or avoiding interference with others and other factors. The smart TV can switch to use different target audio output devices in real time according to the user's instructions to play the audio shared by different sources during the screen projection process, and uniformly control the target audio output devices corresponding to different sources, so as to make full use of the different sound quality in the environment. Sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power consumption and other characteristics of the external audio device to play the audio shared by the mobile phone, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve the user's audio playback experience.
智能电视在播放手机1或手机2分享的音频时,若涉及到用户隐私或可能会打扰到其他人,则智能电视可以根据用户的指示随时切换到手机1或手机2进行播放,从而可以保护用户的隐私,避免对他人造成干扰。When the smart TV is playing the audio shared by mobile phone 1 or mobile phone 2, if it involves user privacy or may disturb other people, the smart TV can switch to mobile phone 1 or mobile phone 2 for playback at any time according to the user's instructions, thereby protecting the user Privacy to avoid causing interference to others.
并且,在多人投屏模式下,若采用现有技术,则每个手机需要各自在本地端分别进行控制,以选择在本地源端播放音频还是在智能电视播放音频。若多个终端均选择在智能电视播放音频,则智能电视对多个手机对应的多路音频信号进行混音后播放,用户不易分辨来自不同手机的不同音频信号,用户使用体验较差。为了避免智能电视进行混音处理,智能电视仅能播放一路音频信号。然而,多个手机相互之间并不知道对方的投屏情况,因而很难进行协调,从而难以实现仅有一路音频信号在智能电视端播放,而其他路音频信号在手机播放的目的。比如,多个手机的用户需要相互协商, 从而确定一个使用智能电视播放音频信号的手机,并分别控制其他手机在本地播放音频。In addition, in the multi-person projection mode, if the existing technology is adopted, each mobile phone needs to be individually controlled at the local end to choose whether to play audio at the local source end or play audio on the smart TV. If multiple terminals choose to play audio on a smart TV, the smart TV will mix and play multiple audio signals corresponding to multiple mobile phones. It is difficult for users to distinguish different audio signals from different mobile phones, and the user experience is poor. In order to prevent the smart TV from performing audio mixing processing, the smart TV can only play one audio signal. However, multiple mobile phones do not know each other's screen projections, so it is difficult to coordinate, and it is difficult to achieve the purpose of playing only one audio signal on the smart TV side and other audio signals on the mobile phone. For example, users of multiple mobile phones need to negotiate with each other to determine a mobile phone that uses a smart TV to play audio signals, and control other mobile phones to play audio locally.
而且,在多人投屏模式下,采用本申请实施例提供的方法,智能电视可以统一进行控制和协调,以分别为不同手机分享的音频设置对应的目标音频输出设备。从而,每个源端设备对应的每路音频信号,均可以有相应的目标音频输出设备。不同音频信号可以通过不同位置的不同音频输出设备进行播放,不同音频信号可以不在投屏设备进行混音,用户听觉体验较好。Moreover, in the multi-person screen projection mode, using the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the smart TV can be uniformly controlled and coordinated to set corresponding target audio output devices for the audio shared by different mobile phones. Therefore, each audio signal corresponding to each source device can have a corresponding target audio output device. Different audio signals can be played through different audio output devices in different locations, and different audio signals can be mixed without the projection device, and the user's hearing experience is better.
与单人投屏模式下类似,智能电视在多人投屏模式下也可以根据切换规则,自动确定手机1和手机2分别对应的目标音频输出设备。该切换规则可以包括触发条件,源端/音频线路,以及目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系。这样,智能电视可以根据切换规则自动控制不同源端分别对应的目标音频输出设备的切换,从而减少用户的操作,解放用户双手,提高用户使用体验。Similar to the single-person projection mode, the smart TV can also automatically determine the target audio output devices corresponding to the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 according to the switching rules in the multi-person projection mode. The switching rule may include the trigger condition, the corresponding relationship between the source/audio line, and the target audio output device. In this way, the smart TV can automatically control the switching of target audio output devices corresponding to different sources according to the switching rules, thereby reducing user operations, freeing users' hands, and improving user experience.
在一些实施例中,手机1和手机2可以采用同一切换规则。在一些技术方案中,切换规则规定的不同源端对应的目标音频输出设备可以不同,从而可以避免不同手机对应的音频输出设备冲突而引起的混音。不同源端的音频在不同音频输出设备输出,可以使得用户听觉分辨率较高,用户使用体验较高。In some embodiments, the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 may use the same switching rule. In some technical solutions, the target audio output devices corresponding to different source terminals specified in the switching rules may be different, so that audio mixing caused by conflicts between audio output devices corresponding to different mobile phones can be avoided. The audio of different sources is output on different audio output devices, which can make the user's auditory resolution higher and the user experience higher.
在多人投屏模式下,智能电视也可以根据用户的指示设置切换规则。示例性的,多人投屏模式下对应的规则设置菜单可以如图15中的(a)所示。与单人投屏模式下不同,用户设置多人投屏模式下的切换规则时,如图15中的(a)所示,需要分别设置多个源端对应的多路音频的触发条件和目标音频输出设备等信息。可以理解的是,一个触发条件可以触发切换一个源端设备切换目标音频输出设备,也可以触发多个源端设备切换目标音频输出设备。In the multi-person projection mode, the smart TV can also set switching rules according to the user's instructions. Exemplarily, the corresponding rule setting menu in the multi-person projection mode may be as shown in (a) in FIG. 15. Different from the single-player projection mode, when the user sets the switching rules in the multi-player projection mode, as shown in (a) in Figure 15, it is necessary to set the trigger conditions and destinations of the multi-channel audio corresponding to multiple sources. Audio output device and other information. It is understandable that one trigger condition can trigger one source device to switch the target audio output device, or multiple source devices to switch the target audio output device.
在一些实施例中,在用户设置切换规则时,若智能电视确定不同源端对应了同一目标音频输出设备,则智能电视可以提示用户当前的设置可能会发生混音,以方便用户及时修改。In some embodiments, when the user sets the switching rule, if the smart TV determines that different sources correspond to the same target audio output device, the smart TV may prompt the user that the current settings may be mixed, so as to facilitate the user to modify in time.
在多人投屏模式下,用户也可以查看切换规则的具体内容。示例性的,规则查看菜单可以参见图15中的(b)。如图15中的(b)所示,切换规则的具体内容中可以包括多个源端分别对应的多路音频所对应的触发条件和目标音频输出设备等信息。In the multiplayer screencast mode, the user can also view the specific content of the switching rule. Exemplarily, the rule view menu can refer to (b) in FIG. 15. As shown in (b) of FIG. 15, the specific content of the switching rule may include information such as trigger conditions and target audio output devices corresponding to multiple audio channels corresponding to multiple sources respectively.
在另一些实施例中,手机1和手机2可以分别采用不同的切换规则。这样,不同手机用户可以设置或启用符合自身使用习惯或业务场景的不同切换规则来输出音频,以提高用户使用体验。示例性的,智能电视设置手机1对应的切换规则的规则设置菜单可以参见图16中的(a);智能电视设置手机2对应的切换规则的规则设置菜单可以参见图16中的(b)。In other embodiments, the mobile phone 1 and the mobile phone 2 may adopt different handover rules respectively. In this way, different mobile phone users can set or enable different switching rules that meet their own usage habits or business scenarios to output audio, so as to improve user experience. Exemplarily, the rule setting menu of the smart TV setting the switching rule corresponding to the mobile phone 1 can be seen in (a) in FIG. 16; the rule setting menu of the smart TV setting the switching rule corresponding to the mobile phone 2 can be seen in the (b) of FIG. 16.
也就是说,在多人投屏模式下,智能电视可以根据切换规则,自动控制不同源端对应的目标音频输出设备的切换,从而减少用户操作,解放用户双手,提高用户使用体验。That is to say, in the multi-person projection mode, the smart TV can automatically control the switching of target audio output devices corresponding to different sources according to the switching rules, thereby reducing user operations, freeing users' hands, and improving user experience.
并且,在多人投屏模式下,智能电视可以自动、统一地进行匹配、控制和协调,以分别为不同手机分享的音频设置对应的目标音频输出设备,而不像现有技术那样需要手机1和手机2的用户分别在手机侧进行设置。从而,每个源端设备对应的每路音 频信号,均可以有相应的目标音频输出设备。不同音频信号可以通过不同位置的不同音频输出设备进行播放,不同音频信号可以不在投屏设备进行混音,用户听觉体验较好。并且,智能电视可以充分利用环境中不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放手机分享的音频,因而可以提高音频输出设备的选择性,提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户音频播放体验。Moreover, in the multi-person projection mode, the smart TV can automatically and uniformly match, control and coordinate to set the corresponding target audio output devices for the audio shared by different mobile phones, instead of requiring mobile phones as in the prior art1 Users of mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 2 respectively perform settings on the mobile phone side. Therefore, each audio signal corresponding to each source device can have a corresponding target audio output device. Different audio signals can be played through different audio output devices in different locations, and different audio signals can be mixed without the projection device, and the user's hearing experience is better. In addition, smart TVs can make full use of external audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment to play audio shared by mobile phones, which can increase the selectivity of audio output devices and improve audio The flexibility of output improves the user's audio playback experience.
此外,在多人投屏模式下,智能电视也可能未连接外接音频设备。该种情况下,目标音频输出设备可以为智能电视或源端,而不能为智能电视的外接音频设备。智能电视可以统一控制多个源端对应的音频输出设备,而不需要用户分别在各自的源端进行操作。In addition, in the multi-person projection mode, the smart TV may not be connected to an external audio device. In this case, the target audio output device can be a smart TV or a source, but cannot be an external audio device of the smart TV. The smart TV can uniformly control the audio output devices corresponding to multiple sources without requiring users to operate on their respective sources.
在未连接外接音频设备的情况下,为了提高视觉体验,用户通常不希望智能电视进行混音。因而,通常只有一个源端的音频在智能电视侧播放,其他源端需在各自的本地端进行播放。此时,智能电视可以根据用户的指示或切换规则确定一个源端对应的一路音频在智能电视端播放,并向其他源端发送控制命令,以指示其他源端在各自的本地端播放音频,从而可以统一协调多个源端的音频播放情况,避免多个源端均在智能电视端播放导致的冲突。该方案不需要像现有技术那样单个、多次、分别在各个手机源端控制各自的目标音频输出设备,并且需要各手机用户进行协商,以避免多个源端均在智能电视侧播放音频导致的冲突。When an external audio device is not connected, in order to improve the visual experience, users usually do not want the smart TV to perform audio mixing. Therefore, usually only one source end's audio is played on the smart TV side, and the other source ends need to be played on their respective local ends. At this time, the smart TV can determine that a channel of audio corresponding to one source is played on the smart TV according to the user's instructions or switching rules, and send control commands to other sources to instruct the other sources to play audio on their local ends, thereby The audio playback conditions of multiple sources can be coordinated in a unified manner to avoid conflicts caused by multiple sources playing on the smart TV. This solution does not need to control the respective target audio output devices individually, multiple times, and separately at each mobile phone source as in the prior art, and requires each mobile phone user to negotiate to avoid multiple sources playing audio on the smart TV side. Conflict.
也就是说,即便智能电视没有外接音频设备,智能电视也可以统一进行控制和协调,选择一路音频信号进行播放,并统一控制其他路音频信号在源端设备进行播放;而不用像现有技术那样需要分别在每个源端设备侧进行操作和控制;因而可以简化控制流程,统一对各源端设备进行协调,节省用户操作,提高用户使用体验。That is to say, even if the smart TV does not have an external audio device, the smart TV can also perform unified control and coordination, select one audio signal for playback, and uniformly control the other audio signals for playback on the source device; instead of the existing technology, It needs to be operated and controlled separately on the side of each source end device; therefore, the control process can be simplified, and all source end devices can be coordinated uniformly, saving user operations and improving user experience.
以上是以开启投屏后,智能电视和源端手机均显示手机的界面为例进行说明的。在其他一些实施例中,在开启投屏后,源端手机可以将后续产生的界面转移到智能电视上进行显示,手机不再显示后续产生的界面,可以息屏或显示预设的特定界面(例如包括停止投屏的控件等简单的界面),以节省手机的耗电,延长手机续航时长。手机在停止投屏后,恢复界面显示。The above description is based on an example in which both the smart TV and the source mobile phone display the interface of the mobile phone after the screen projection is turned on. In some other embodiments, after the screen projection is turned on, the source mobile phone can transfer the subsequently generated interface to the smart TV for display, and the mobile phone no longer displays the subsequently generated interface, and can stop the screen or display the preset specific interface ( For example, including simple interfaces such as controls to stop the screen projection), to save the power consumption of the mobile phone and extend the battery life of the mobile phone. After the phone stops screencasting, the interface display is restored.
在其他一些实施例中,在开启投屏后,源端手机可以将后续产生的界面转移到智能电视上显示,手机默认不再显示界面,以节省手机的耗电,延长手机续航时长。手机在检测到预设事件后,在手机侧同时显示预设事件对应的界面。在预设事件结束后,手机停止显示实时变化的用户界面。例如,该预设事件可以为来电或视频通话等隐私性较高的事件。In some other embodiments, after the screen projection is turned on, the source mobile phone can transfer the subsequently generated interface to the smart TV for display, and the mobile phone no longer displays the interface by default, so as to save the power consumption of the mobile phone and extend the battery life of the mobile phone. After the mobile phone detects the preset event, the interface corresponding to the preset event is simultaneously displayed on the mobile phone side. After the preset event ends, the mobile phone stops displaying the user interface that changes in real time. For example, the preset event may be an event with high privacy such as an incoming call or a video call.
以上是以投屏过程中,智能电视对源端对应的目标音频输出设备进行控制和切换为例进行说明的。在本申请的其他一些实施例中,在投屏过程中,智能电视也可以控制和切换源端对应的目标界面输出设备。其中,目标界面输出设备可以在源端、智能电视或外接视频设备之间切换。示例性的,外接视频设备可以为投影仪、笔记本电脑或台式电脑等能够展示画面的设备。The above description is based on an example in which the smart TV controls and switches the target audio output device corresponding to the source end during the screen projection process. In some other embodiments of the present application, during the screen projection process, the smart TV can also control and switch the target interface output device corresponding to the source end. Among them, the target interface output device can be switched between the source, smart TV, or external video device. Exemplarily, the external video device may be a device capable of displaying images, such as a projector, a notebook computer, or a desktop computer.
例如,在开启投屏后,智能电视可以根据用户的指示或切换规则切换源端对应的目标界面输出设备。For example, after starting the screen projection, the smart TV can switch the target interface output device corresponding to the source end according to the user's instruction or switching rule.
示例性的,智能电视可以根据用户通过遥控器的指示操作,将界面输出设备有智 能电视切换为源端。Exemplarily, the smart TV can switch the interface output device from the smart TV to the source according to the user's instructions through the remote control.
再示例性的,源端手机在播放电影,智能电视同步显示播放电影的界面。电影播放应用可以识别精彩片段或恐怖片段等内容。手机向智能电视发送的图像数据中可以包括电影画面的要点信息或精彩片段信息或恐怖片段信息。智能电视根据图像数据确定待显示界面为恐怖画面,且通过摄像头检测到智能电视前有儿童时,根据切换规则确定停止在智能电视上播放电影画面,并在手机上播放画面。在恐怖画面播放完之后,智能电视可以恢复显示源端手机在投屏过程中产生的界面。For another example, the source mobile phone is playing a movie, and the smart TV simultaneously displays an interface for playing the movie. Movie playback applications can recognize content such as highlights or horror clips. The image data sent by the mobile phone to the smart TV may include key point information or highlight segment information or horror segment information of the movie screen. According to the image data, the smart TV determines that the interface to be displayed is a horror picture, and when a child is detected in front of the smart TV through the camera, it is determined to stop playing the movie picture on the smart TV according to the switching rule, and the picture is played on the mobile phone. After the horror screen is played, the smart TV can resume displaying the interface generated by the source mobile phone during the screen projection process.
再示例性的,智能电视检测到视频通话后,根据切换规则确定停止显示源端分享的界面并停止播放音频,将界面和音频均切回源端手机进行显示和播放,这样更能符合用户使用习惯,方便用户移动到更合适的地方进行通话,保护用户隐私,提高用户使用体验。在视频通话结束后,智能电视恢复显示源端分享的界面并恢复音频的播放。For another example, after the smart TV detects the video call, it is determined according to the switching rules to stop displaying the interface shared by the source end and stop playing the audio, and switch both the interface and audio back to the source mobile phone for display and playback, which is more suitable for users. Habits, it is convenient for users to move to a more suitable place to make calls, protect user privacy, and improve user experience. After the video call ends, the smart TV resumes displaying the interface shared by the source terminal and resumes audio playback.
以上主要是以源端设备为手机,投屏设备为智能电视为例进行说明的。在投屏过程中,当源端设备或投屏设备为其他设备时,仍可以采用本申请实施例提供的方法切换音频输出设备或界面输出设备,此处不予赘述。The above description is mainly based on the example that the source device is a mobile phone and the screen projection device is a smart TV. During the screen projection process, when the source device or the screen projection device is another device, the method provided in the embodiment of this application can still be used to switch the audio output device or the interface output device, which will not be repeated here.
结合上述实施例及相关附图,本实施例提供了一种切换音频输出设备的方法,该方法可以在如图1-图2所示的投屏设备(例如智能电视或投影仪等)中实现。该电子设备可以与至少一个外接音频设备相连。如图17所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In combination with the above-mentioned embodiments and related drawings, this embodiment provides a method for switching audio output devices, which can be implemented in a projection device (such as a smart TV or a projector, etc.) as shown in Figure 1-Figure 2 . The electronic device can be connected to at least one external audio device. As shown in Figure 17, the method may include the following steps:
1701、电子设备分别接收来自第一源端设备和第二源端设备的投屏操作。1701. The electronic device receives screen projection operations from a first source device and a second source device respectively.
示例性的,电子设备可以为智能电视,第一源端设备可以为手机1,第二源端设备可以为手机2。手机1和手机2可以分别扫描图12所示的投屏二维码从而向智能电视发起投屏操作;智能电视接收手机1和手机2分别发起的投屏操作,从而可以在后续的投屏过程中展示手机1和手机2分享的内容。Exemplarily, the electronic device may be a smart TV, the first source device may be a mobile phone 1, and the second source device may be a mobile phone 2. Mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 can respectively scan the screen projection QR code shown in Figure 12 to initiate a screen projection operation to the smart TV; the smart TV receives the screen projection operation initiated by mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 respectively, so that it can be used in the subsequent screen projection process Display the content shared by mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2.
1702、电子设备分别接收来自第一源端设备的第一图像数据和来自第二源端设备的第二图像数据,第一图像数据为第一源端设备的第一界面对应的数据;第二图像数据为第二源端设备的第二界面对应的数据。1702. The electronic device respectively receives first image data from a first source device and second image data from a second source device, where the first image data is data corresponding to the first interface of the first source device; The image data is data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device.
示例性的,在电子设备为智能电视,第一源端设备为手机1,第二源端设备为手机2的情况下,智能电视可以接收手机1发送的待显示界面的图像数据,并接收手机2发送的待显示界面的图像数据。Exemplarily, when the electronic device is a smart TV, the first source device is the mobile phone 1, and the second source device is the mobile phone 2, the smart TV can receive the image data of the interface to be displayed sent by the mobile phone 1, and receive the mobile phone 2 Send the image data of the interface to be displayed.
1703、电子设备根据第一图像数据和第二图像数据,分别在第一投屏区域和第二投屏区域内显示第一界面和第二界面。1703. The electronic device displays the first interface and the second interface in the first projection area and the second projection area, respectively, according to the first image data and the second image data.
示例性的,第一界面可以参见图14中的(a)所示的界面1401,第二界面可以参见图14中的(b)所示的界面1402。Exemplarily, the first interface may refer to the interface 1401 shown in (a) in FIG. 14, and the second interface may refer to the interface 1402 shown in (b) in FIG. 14.
其中,第一源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第一音频的输出设备为第一音频输出设备;第二源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第二音频的输出设备为第二音频输出设备。The output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the projection process is the first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the projection process is the second audio output equipment.
1704、若电子设备确定满足第一条件,则电子设备将第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备。1704. If the electronic device determines that the first condition is met, the electronic device sets the first audio output device as the third audio output device.
其中,第三音频输出设备为第一源端设备、电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第三音频输出设备不同于第一音频输出设备。例如,若第三音频输出设备为外接音频设备,则电子设备将来自第一源端设备的音频数据转发给外接音频设备,从而由外 接音频设备播放第一音频。The third audio output device is any one of the first source device, electronic device, or external audio device, and the third audio output device is different from the first audio output device. For example, if the third audio output device is an external audio device, the electronic device forwards the audio data from the first source device to the external audio device, so that the external audio device plays the first audio.
示例性的,在电子设备为智能电视,第一源端设备为手机1,第二源端设备为手机2的情况下,第一音频输出设备可以为智能电视,第三音频输出设备可以为手机1。Exemplarily, when the electronic device is a smart TV, the first source device is mobile phone 1, and the second source device is mobile phone 2, the first audio output device may be a smart TV, and the third audio output device may be a mobile phone 1.
1705、若电子设备确定满足第二条件,则电子设备将第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备。1705. If the electronic device determines that the second condition is met, the electronic device sets the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
其中,第四音频输出设备为第二源端设备、电子设备或外接音频设备中的任一种,且第四音频输出设备不同于第二音频输出设备。例如,若第四音频输出设备为外接音频设备,则电子设备将来自第二源端设备的音频数据转发给外接音频设备,从而由外接音频设备播放第二音频。The fourth audio output device is any one of a second source device, an electronic device, or an external audio device, and the fourth audio output device is different from the second audio output device. For example, if the fourth audio output device is an external audio device, the electronic device forwards the audio data from the second source device to the external audio device, so that the external audio device plays the second audio.
示例性的,该电子设备可以为智能电视,第一源端设备为手机1,第二源端设备为手机2的情况下,第二音频输出设备可以为手机2,第四音频输出设备可以为智能电视的外接音箱。Exemplarily, the electronic device may be a smart TV, the first source device is mobile phone 1, and the second source device is mobile phone 2, the second audio output device may be mobile phone 2, and the fourth audio output device may be External speakers for smart TVs.
这样,在投屏过程中,电子设备可以统一对不同源端对应的音频输出设备进行控制和协调,自由切换使用不同的音频输出设备播放投屏过程中不同源端分享的音频,从而可以充分利用环境中不同音质,不同音效,不同位置,不同功耗,或不同电量等特点的外接音频设备来播放手机分享的音频,因而可以提高音频输出设备的选择性,提高音频输出的灵活性,提高用户音频播放体验。In this way, during the screen projection process, the electronic device can uniformly control and coordinate the audio output devices corresponding to different sources, and freely switch to use different audio output devices to play the audio shared by different sources during the screen projection process, thereby making full use of External audio devices with different sound quality, different sound effects, different locations, different power consumption, or different power levels in the environment can play audio shared by mobile phones, which can improve the selectivity of audio output devices, increase the flexibility of audio output, and improve users Audio playback experience.
在一些实施例中,电子设备确定满足第一条件,包括:电子设备检测到用户的第一指示操作,第一指示操作用于指示将第一音频的输出设备为第三音频输出设备。电子设备确定满足第二条件,包括:电子设备检测到用户的第二指示操作,第二指示操作用于指示将第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备。In some embodiments, determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition includes: the electronic device detects a first instruction operation of the user, and the first instruction operation is used to instruct the output device of the first audio to be the third audio output device. The electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device detects a second instruction operation of the user, and the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
在该方案中,电子设备可以根据用户的指示,切换第一源端设备的第一音频的输出设备,和/或切换第二源端设备的第二音频的音频输出设备,从而通过电子设备对各源端设备的音频输出设备进行统一控制。In this solution, the electronic device can switch the output device of the first audio of the first source device and/or switch the audio output device of the second audio of the second source device according to the instruction of the user, so that the electronic device can The audio output device of each source device is controlled uniformly.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备确定满足第一条件,包括:电子设备根据切换规则确定第一音频的输出设备为第三音频输出设备。电子设备确定满足第二条件,包括:电子设备根据切换规则确定第二音频的输出设备为第四音频输出设备。In other embodiments, determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule. The electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes: the electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
在该方案中,电子设备可以根据切换规则,自动切换第一源端设备的第一音频的音频输出设备,和/或切换第二源端设备的第二音频的音频输出设备,从而通过电子设备自动对各源端设备的音频输出设备进行统一控制,节省用户操作,提高用户使用体验。In this solution, the electronic device can automatically switch the audio output device of the first audio of the first source device and/or switch the audio output device of the second audio of the second source device according to the switching rule, so as to pass the electronic device The audio output device of each source device is automatically controlled in a unified manner, saving user operations and improving user experience.
可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,投屏设备包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件和/或软件模块。结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以结合实施例对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the screen projection device includes hardware and/or software modules corresponding to each function. In combination with the algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods for each specific application in combination with the embodiments to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present application.
本实施例可以根据上述方法示例对投屏设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块 中。上述集成的模块可以采用硬件的形式实现。需要说明的是,本实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment, the screen projection device can be divided into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备,包括一个或多个处理器以及一个或多个存储器。该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行上述方法实施例中投屏设备的步骤,从而实现上述切换音频输出设备的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device including one or more processors and one or more memories. The one or more memories are coupled with one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes. The computer program codes include computer instructions. When the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the electronic device executes The steps of the screen projection device in the foregoing method embodiment realize the foregoing method of switching audio output devices.
本申请的实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在投屏设备上运行时,使得投屏设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的切换音频输出设备的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on the screen projection device, the screen projection device executes the above-mentioned related method steps to achieve the above The method of switching audio output devices in the embodiment.
本申请的实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中投屏设备执行的切换音频输出设备的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to implement the method for switching the audio output device executed by the screen projection device in the above-mentioned embodiment.
另外,本申请的实施例还提供一种装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件或模块,该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中投屏设备执行的切换音频输出设备的方法。In addition, the embodiments of the present application also provide a device. The device may specifically be a chip, component or module. The device may include a processor and a memory connected to each other. The memory is used to store computer execution instructions. When the device is running, The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for switching the audio output device executed by the projection device in the foregoing method embodiments.
其中,本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the electronic device, computer readable storage medium, computer program product, or chip provided in this embodiment are all used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the above provided The beneficial effects of the corresponding method will not be repeated here.
本申请另一实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括上述至少一个源端设备和上述投屏设备,以及投屏设备的外接音频设备,可以用于实现上述切换音频输出设备的方法。Another embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system may include the above-mentioned at least one source device, the above-mentioned screen projection device, and an external audio device of the screen projection device, which can be used to implement the above-mentioned method for switching audio output devices. .
通过以上实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above implementation manners, those skilled in the art can understand that for the convenience and conciseness of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be assigned to different functions as required. The function module is completed, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different function modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate, and the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成 的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (read only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上内容,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above content is only the specific implementation of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Covered in the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种切换音频输出设备的方法,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备连接有至少一个外接音频设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for switching audio output devices, applied to an electronic device, the electronic device is connected with at least one external audio device, characterized in that the method includes:
    所述电子设备分别接收来自第一源端设备和第二源端设备的投屏操作;The electronic device receives screen projection operations from the first source device and the second source device respectively;
    所述电子设备分别接收来自所述第一源端设备的第一图像数据和来自所述第二源端设备的第二图像数据,所述第一图像数据为所述第一源端设备的第一界面对应的数据;所述第二图像数据为所述第二源端设备的第二界面对应的数据;The electronic device receives first image data from the first source device and second image data from the second source device respectively, and the first image data is the first image data of the first source device. Data corresponding to an interface; the second image data is data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device;
    所述电子设备根据所述第一图像数据和所述第二图像数据,分别在第一投屏区域和第二投屏区域内显示所述第一界面和所述第二界面;The electronic device displays the first interface and the second interface in a first projection area and a second projection area, respectively, according to the first image data and the second image data;
    其中,所述第一源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第一音频的输出设备为第一音频输出设备;所述第二源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第二音频的输出设备为第二音频输出设备;The output device of the first audio generated by the first source device during the screen projection process is a first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device during the screen projection process is Second audio output device;
    若所述电子设备确定满足第一条件,则所述电子设备将所述第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备;所述第三音频输出设备为所述第一源端设备、所述电子设备或所述外接音频设备中的任一种,且所述第三音频输出设备不同于所述第一音频输出设备;If the electronic device determines that the first condition is met, the electronic device sets the output device of the first audio as a third audio output device; the third audio output device is the first source device, the Any one of the electronic device or the external audio device, and the third audio output device is different from the first audio output device;
    若所述电子设备确定满足第二条件,则所述电子设备将所述第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备;所述第四音频输出设备为所述第二源端设备、所述电子设备或所述外接音频设备中的任一种,且所述第四音频输出设备不同于所述第二音频输出设备。If the electronic device determines that the second condition is met, the electronic device sets the second audio output device as a fourth audio output device; the fourth audio output device is the second source device, the Any one of the electronic device or the external audio device, and the fourth audio output device is different from the second audio output device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备确定满足第一条件,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition comprises:
    所述电子设备检测到用户的第一指示操作,所述第一指示操作用于指示将所述第一音频的输出设备设置为所述第三音频输出设备;The electronic device detects a user's first instruction operation, where the first instruction operation is used to instruct to set the first audio output device as the third audio output device;
    所述电子设备确定满足第二条件,包括:The electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes:
    所述电子设备检测到所述用户的第二指示操作,所述第二指示操作用于指示将所述第二音频的输出设备设置为所述第四音频输出设备。The electronic device detects a second instruction operation of the user, and the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示操作和所述第二指示操作为所述用户通过输入设备执行的操作或者为语音指令操作;所述输入设备包括遥控器、触摸屏、鼠标或键盘中的任一种。The method according to claim 2, wherein the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation are operations performed by the user through an input device or voice instruction operations; the input device includes a remote control, Either touch screen, mouse or keyboard.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述电子设备检测到所述第一指示操作或所述第二指示操作之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein before the electronic device detects the first instruction operation or the second instruction operation, the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备检测到所述用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作后显示控制菜单,所述控制菜单包括音频切换控件;The electronic device displays a control menu after detecting the user's operation on the preset control on the input device, and the control menu includes an audio switching control;
    所述电子设备检测到所述用户选中所述音频切换控件的操作后,显示音频切换菜单;After the electronic device detects that the user selects the audio switching control, display an audio switching menu;
    所述第一指示操作为所述用户基于所述音频切换菜单,为所述第一源端设备的所述第一音频选择所述第三音频输出设备的操作;The first instruction operation is an operation of the user selecting the third audio output device for the first audio of the first source device based on the audio switching menu;
    所述第二指示操作为所述用户基于所述音频切换菜单,为所述第二源端设备的所 述第二音频选择所述第四音频输出设备的操作。The second instruction operation is an operation of the user selecting the fourth audio output device for the second audio of the second source device based on the audio switching menu.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一界面为来自所述第一源端设备的第一游戏界面,所述第二界面为来自所述第二源端设备的第二游戏界面,所述第三音频输出设备为所述至少一个外接音频设备中的第一音箱,所述第四音频输出设备为所述至少一个外接音频设备中的第二音箱。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first interface is a first game interface from the first source device, and the second interface is a game interface from the second source. The second game interface of the terminal device, the third audio output device is the first speaker in the at least one external audio device, and the fourth audio output device is the second speaker in the at least one external audio device.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备确定满足第一条件,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining that the electronic device satisfies the first condition comprises:
    所述电子设备根据切换规则确定所述第一音频的输出设备为所述第三音频输出设备;Determining, by the electronic device, that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule;
    所述电子设备确定满足第二条件,包括:The electronic device determining that the second condition is satisfied includes:
    所述电子设备根据所述切换规则确定所述第二音频的输出设备为所述第四音频输出设备。The electronic device determines that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述切换规则包括第一触发条件与所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;以及第二触发条件与所述第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;所述第一触发条件和所述第二触发条件包括触发时间、触发事件或触发场景中的至少一种;The method according to claim 6, wherein the switching rule comprises a corresponding relationship between a first trigger condition and a target audio output device of the first source device; and a second trigger condition and the first Correspondence between target audio output devices of two source devices; the first trigger condition and the second trigger condition include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario;
    所述电子设备根据切换规则确定所述第一音频的输出设备为所述第三音频输出设备,包括:The electronic device determining that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule includes:
    所述电子设备在检测到所述第一触发条件后,根据所述切换规则确定所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述第三音频输出设备;After detecting the first trigger condition, the electronic device determines, according to the switching rule, that the target audio output device of the first source device is the third audio output device;
    所述电子设备根据切换规则确定所述第二音频的输出设备为所述第四音频输出设备,包括:The electronic device determining that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule includes:
    所述电子设备在检测到所述第二触发条件后,根据所述切换规则确定所述第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述第四音频输出设备。After detecting the second trigger condition, the electronic device determines that the target audio output device of the second source device is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一触发条件包括触发事件,所述触发事件包括通话事件,所述电子设备在检测到所述通话事件后,根据所述切换规则确定的所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述第一源端设备;The method according to claim 7, wherein the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, the trigger event includes a call event, and the electronic device determines according to the handover rule after detecting the call event The target audio output device of the first source device is the first source device;
    或者,所述第一触发条件包括触发事件,所述触发事件包括通话结束事件,所述电子设备在检测到所述通话结束事件后,根据所述切换规则确定的所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述电子设备。Alternatively, the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call end event. After detecting the call end event, the electronic device determines the value of the first source device according to the switching rule. The target audio output device is the electronic device.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备检测到所述用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作;The electronic device detects the user's operation on the preset control on the input device;
    所述电子设备显示控制菜单,所述控制菜单包括规则设置菜单;The electronic device displays a control menu, and the control menu includes a rule setting menu;
    所述电子设备根据用户针对所述规则设置菜单的操作,生成新的切换规则。The electronic device generates a new switching rule according to the user's operation on the rule setting menu.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制菜单还包括切换规则列表,所述切换规则列表包括至少一个规则控件;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the control menu further comprises a switching rule list, and the switching rule list includes at least one rule control; the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备检测到所述用户选中第一切换规则的规则控件的操作;The electronic device detects that the user selects the operation of the rule control of the first switching rule;
    所述电子设备显示所述第一切换规则对应的规则查看菜单,所述规则查看菜单包括所述第一切换规则的规则内容,启用/停止启用控件,以及返回控件。The electronic device displays a rule view menu corresponding to the first switching rule, and the rule view menu includes rule content of the first switching rule, enable/stop enable control, and return control.
  11. 一种电子设备,所述电子设备连接有至少一个外接音频设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device connected with at least one external audio device, characterized in that it comprises:
    屏幕,用于显示界面;Screen, used to display the interface;
    音频播放器,用于播放音频;Audio player, used to play audio;
    一个或多个处理器;One or more processors;
    以及存储器,所述存储器中存储有代码;And a memory, in which code is stored;
    当所述代码被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行以下步骤:When the code is executed by the one or more processors, the electronic device is caused to execute the following steps:
    分别接收来自第一源端设备和第二源端设备的投屏操作;Receiving screen projection operations from the first source device and the second source device respectively;
    分别接收来自所述第一源端设备的第一图像数据和来自所述第二源端设备的第二图像数据,所述第一图像数据为所述第一源端设备的第一界面对应的数据;所述第二图像数据为所述第二源端设备的第二界面对应的数据;Receive first image data from the first source device and second image data from the second source device respectively, where the first image data is corresponding to the first interface of the first source device Data; the second image data is data corresponding to the second interface of the second source device;
    根据所述第一图像数据和所述第二图像数据,分别在第一投屏区域和第二投屏区域内显示所述第一界面和所述第二界面;Displaying the first interface and the second interface in a first projection area and a second projection area, respectively, according to the first image data and the second image data;
    其中,所述第一源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第一音频的输出设备为第一音频输出设备;所述第二源端设备在投屏过程中产生的第二音频的输出设备为第二音频输出设备;Wherein, the output device of the first audio generated by the first source device in the screen projection process is a first audio output device; the output device of the second audio generated by the second source device in the screen projection process is Second audio output device;
    若确定满足第一条件,则将所述第一音频的输出设备设置为第三音频输出设备;所述第三音频输出设备为所述第一源端设备、所述电子设备或所述外接音频设备中的任一种,且所述第三音频输出设备不同于所述第一音频输出设备;If it is determined that the first condition is met, the output device of the first audio is set as a third audio output device; the third audio output device is the first source device, the electronic device, or the external audio Any one of the devices, and the third audio output device is different from the first audio output device;
    若确定满足第二条件,则将所述第二音频的输出设备设置为第四音频输出设备;所述第四音频输出设备为所述第二源端设备、所述电子设备或所述外接音频设备中的任一种,且所述第四音频输出设备不同于所述第二音频输出设备。If it is determined that the second condition is met, the second audio output device is set as a fourth audio output device; the fourth audio output device is the second source device, the electronic device, or the external audio Any one of the devices, and the fourth audio output device is different from the second audio output device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述确定满足第一条件,包括:The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein the determining that the first condition is satisfied comprises:
    检测到用户的第一指示操作,所述第一指示操作用于指示将所述第一音频的输出设备设置为所述第三音频输出设备;A first instruction operation of the user is detected, where the first instruction operation is used to instruct to set the first audio output device as the third audio output device;
    所述确定满足第二条件,包括:The determining that the second condition is satisfied includes:
    检测到所述用户的第二指示操作,所述第二指示操作用于指示将所述第二音频的输出设备设置为所述第四音频输出设备。A second instruction operation of the user is detected, and the second instruction operation is used to instruct to set the second audio output device as the fourth audio output device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示操作和所述第二指示操作为所述用户通过输入设备执行的操作或者为语音指令操作;所述输入设备包括遥控器、触摸屏、鼠标或键盘中的任一种。The electronic device according to claim 12, wherein the first instruction operation and the second instruction operation are operations performed by the user through an input device or voice instruction operations; the input device includes a remote control , Touch screen, mouse or keyboard.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,当所述代码被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,还使得所述电子设备执行以下步骤:The electronic device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein when the code is executed by the one or more processors, the electronic device further causes the electronic device to perform the following steps:
    在检测到所述第一指示操作或所述第二指示操作之前,在检测到所述用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作之后显示控制菜单,所述控制菜单包括音频切换控件;Before detecting the first instruction operation or the second instruction operation, display a control menu after detecting the user's operation on a preset control on the input device, the control menu including an audio switching control;
    检测到所述用户选中所述音频切换控件的操作后,显示音频切换菜单;After detecting that the user selects the audio switching control, display an audio switching menu;
    所述第一指示操作为所述用户基于所述音频切换菜单,为所述第一源端设备的所述第一音频选择所述第三音频输出设备的操作;The first instruction operation is an operation of the user selecting the third audio output device for the first audio of the first source device based on the audio switching menu;
    所述第二指示操作为所述用户基于所述音频切换菜单,为所述第二源端设备的所述第二音频选择所述第四音频输出设备的操作。The second instruction operation is an operation for the user to select the fourth audio output device for the second audio of the second source device based on the audio switching menu.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述确定满足第一条件,包括:The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein the determining that the first condition is satisfied comprises:
    根据切换规则确定所述第一音频的输出设备为所述第三音频输出设备;Determine, according to a switching rule, that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device;
    所述确定满足第二条件,包括:The determining that the second condition is satisfied includes:
    根据所述切换规则确定所述第二音频的输出设备为所述第四音频输出设备。It is determined that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述切换规则包括第一触发条件与所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;以及第二触发条件与所述第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备之间的对应关系;所述第一触发条件和所述第二触发条件包括触发时间、触发事件或触发场景中的至少一种;The electronic device according to claim 15, wherein the switching rule comprises a corresponding relationship between a first trigger condition and a target audio output device of the first source device; and a second trigger condition and the target audio output device; The corresponding relationship between the target audio output devices of the second source device; the first trigger condition and the second trigger condition include at least one of a trigger time, a trigger event, or a trigger scenario;
    所述根据切换规则确定所述第一音频的输出设备为所述第三音频输出设备,包括:The determining that the output device of the first audio is the third audio output device according to the switching rule includes:
    在检测到所述第一触发条件后,根据所述切换规则确定所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述第三音频输出设备;After detecting the first trigger condition, determine the target audio output device of the first source device as the third audio output device according to the switching rule;
    所述根据切换规则确定所述第二音频的输出设备为所述第四音频输出设备,包括:The determining that the output device of the second audio is the fourth audio output device according to the switching rule includes:
    在检测到所述第二触发条件后,根据所述切换规则确定所述第二源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述第四音频输出设备。After the second trigger condition is detected, it is determined according to the switching rule that the target audio output device of the second source device is the fourth audio output device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一触发条件包括触发事件,所述触发事件包括通话事件,所述电子设备在检测到所述通话事件后,根据所述切换规则确定的所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述第一源端设备;The electronic device according to claim 16, wherein the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, the trigger event includes a call event, and the electronic device detects the call event according to the switching rule The determined target audio output device of the first source device is the first source device;
    或者,所述第一触发条件包括触发事件,所述触发事件包括通话结束事件,所述电子设备在检测到所述通话结束事件后,根据所述切换规则确定的所述第一源端设备的目标音频输出设备为所述电子设备。Alternatively, the first trigger condition includes a trigger event, and the trigger event includes a call end event. After detecting the call end event, the electronic device determines the value of the first source device according to the switching rule. The target audio output device is the electronic device.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的电子设备,其特征在于,当所述代码被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,还使得所述电子设备执行以下步骤:The electronic device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein when the code is executed by the one or more processors, the electronic device further causes the electronic device to perform the following steps:
    检测到所述用户针对输入设备上预设控件的操作;It is detected that the user's operation on the preset control on the input device is detected;
    显示控制菜单,所述控制菜单包括规则设置菜单;Display a control menu, the control menu including a rule setting menu;
    根据用户针对所述规则设置菜单的操作,生成新的切换规则。According to the user's operation on the rule setting menu, a new switching rule is generated.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述控制菜单还包括切换规则列表,所述切换规则列表包括至少一个规则控件;当所述代码被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,还使得所述电子设备执行以下步骤:The electronic device according to claim 18, wherein the control menu further comprises a switching rule list, and the switching rule list includes at least one rule control; when the code is executed by the one or more processors , And also causes the electronic device to perform the following steps:
    检测到所述用户选中第一切换规则的规则控件的操作;The operation of the rule control of the first switching rule selected by the user is detected;
    显示所述第一切换规则对应的规则查看菜单,所述规则查看菜单包括所述第一切换规则的规则内容,启用/停止启用控件,以及返回控件。A rule view menu corresponding to the first switching rule is displayed, and the rule view menu includes rule content of the first switching rule, enable/stop enable control, and return control.
  20. 根据权利要求11-19任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备为电视或投影仪。The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-19, wherein the electronic device is a TV or a projector.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的切换音频输出设备的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the switching audio output according to any one of claims 1-10 Method of equipment.
  22. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的切换音频输出设备的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method for switching audio output devices according to any one of claims 1-10.
PCT/CN2020/124878 2019-11-25 2020-10-29 Audio output device switching method and device WO2021103920A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911168270.2A CN112835549B (en) 2019-11-25 2019-11-25 Method and device for switching audio output device
CN201911168270.2 2019-11-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021103920A1 true WO2021103920A1 (en) 2021-06-03

Family

ID=75922524

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/124878 WO2021103920A1 (en) 2019-11-25 2020-10-29 Audio output device switching method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112835549B (en)
WO (1) WO2021103920A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023103167A1 (en) * 2021-12-08 2023-06-15 荣耀终端有限公司 Screen projection method, device, and storage medium
US20240056356A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 Dish Network, L.L.C. Gateway anti-distraction mode for an establishment

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115525366A (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-27 华为技术有限公司 Screen projection method and related device
CN113965715B (en) * 2021-09-13 2022-11-11 荣耀终端有限公司 Equipment cooperative control method and device
CN113868084A (en) * 2021-09-27 2021-12-31 联想(北京)有限公司 Intelligent control method and device and electronic equipment
CN114417289A (en) * 2021-12-07 2022-04-29 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Equipment control method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN116264624A (en) * 2021-12-14 2023-06-16 荣耀终端有限公司 Screen projection method, device and storage medium
CN114460850A (en) * 2021-12-21 2022-05-10 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Intelligent home control method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN114745581A (en) * 2022-04-11 2022-07-12 上海哔哩哔哩科技有限公司 Multimedia content simulcasting method and device
CN114979899A (en) * 2022-04-20 2022-08-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Audio redirection method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN115079981A (en) * 2022-06-28 2022-09-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Equipment control method and related device
CN115412756A (en) * 2022-08-29 2022-11-29 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 Information delivery method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN117857963A (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Audio transmission method, system and related device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170150537A1 (en) * 2015-11-24 2017-05-25 International Business Machines Corporation Mobile device output to external device
CN107801088A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-13 南京极域信息科技有限公司 One kind throws screen and receives share system and implementation method
CN109032555A (en) * 2018-07-06 2018-12-18 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 Throw screen sound intermediate frequency data processing method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN110191350A (en) * 2019-05-28 2019-08-30 上海哔哩哔哩科技有限公司 Multiterminal throw screen method, computer equipment and storage medium
CN110381197A (en) * 2019-06-27 2019-10-25 华为技术有限公司 Many-one throws the processing method of screen sound intermediate frequency data, apparatus and system

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100789548B1 (en) * 2005-04-15 2007-12-28 엘지전자 주식회사 Synchronization apparatus and method for audio output of the TV
CN104793991B (en) * 2014-01-20 2019-11-05 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 A kind of audio output apparatus switching method and device
CN113504851A (en) * 2018-11-14 2021-10-15 华为技术有限公司 Method for playing multimedia data and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170150537A1 (en) * 2015-11-24 2017-05-25 International Business Machines Corporation Mobile device output to external device
CN107801088A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-13 南京极域信息科技有限公司 One kind throws screen and receives share system and implementation method
CN109032555A (en) * 2018-07-06 2018-12-18 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 Throw screen sound intermediate frequency data processing method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN110191350A (en) * 2019-05-28 2019-08-30 上海哔哩哔哩科技有限公司 Multiterminal throw screen method, computer equipment and storage medium
CN110381197A (en) * 2019-06-27 2019-10-25 华为技术有限公司 Many-one throws the processing method of screen sound intermediate frequency data, apparatus and system

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023103167A1 (en) * 2021-12-08 2023-06-15 荣耀终端有限公司 Screen projection method, device, and storage medium
US20240056356A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 Dish Network, L.L.C. Gateway anti-distraction mode for an establishment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112835549B (en) 2024-03-26
CN112835549A (en) 2021-05-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021103920A1 (en) Audio output device switching method and device
US20220004315A1 (en) Multimedia Data Playing Method and Electronic Device
CN112988102B (en) Screen projection method and device
EP4030276A1 (en) Content continuation method and electronic device
JP2023503956A (en) Projected audio and video reproduction method and electronic device
WO2020248795A1 (en) Method for switching video call interface on smart television, and smart television
WO2020248668A1 (en) Display and image processing method
WO2020014880A1 (en) Multi-screen interaction method and device
WO2022242597A1 (en) Processing method, processing device, and storage medium
JP7468830B2 (en) Energy efficient display processing method and device - Patents.com
WO2022121775A1 (en) Screen projection method, and device
EP4114023A1 (en) Inter-device multimedia content playback continuing method
WO2021136114A1 (en) Method for occupying device and electronic device
CN112527174B (en) Information processing method and electronic equipment
US20220007074A1 (en) Method and apparatus for playing videos, and electronic device and storage medium thereof
CN112527222A (en) Information processing method and electronic equipment
WO2020248924A1 (en) Display device, and method for scanning external bluetooth device
US8786631B1 (en) System and method for transferring transparency information in a video environment
WO2023045712A1 (en) Screen mirroring abnormality processing method and electronic device
WO2020248627A1 (en) Video call method and display device
WO2022166618A1 (en) Screen projection method and electronic device
EP4138462A1 (en) Information sharing method, electronic devices and system
CN112269554B (en) Display system and display method
US20230350631A1 (en) Projection display method and electronic device
CN114915834A (en) Screen projection method and electronic equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20894494

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20894494

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1